I
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
IND
EX
- D
OO
R P
HO
NE
- V
IDE
O D
OO
R P
HO
NE
SY
ST
EM
S:
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS:
Installation Diagrams
http://www.urmetdomus.come-mail:[email protected]
MT 101-014D (Rev. December 2006)
IND
EX
- D
OO
R P
HO
NE
- V
IDE
O D
OO
R P
HO
NE
SY
ST
EM
S:
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
II
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
III
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
IND
EX
- D
OO
R P
HO
NE
- V
IDE
O D
OO
R P
HO
NE
SY
ST
EM
S:
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS Sec. 1
(Index at the beginning of section)
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
4+N WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1A (Index at the beginning of section)
1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1B
(Index at the beginning of section)
TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEMS Sec. 1C
(Index at the beginning of section)
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
COAX ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1D
(Index at the beginning of section)
5-WIRE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sec. 1E
(Index at the beginning of section)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INTERCHANGE OF VARIOUS POWER SUPPLIES
AND MONITORS Sec. 1F
(Index at the beginning of section)
EASIVOICE SYSTEM Sec. 2
(Index at the beginning of section)
IND
EX
- D
OO
R P
HO
NE
- V
IDE
O D
OO
R P
HO
NE
SY
ST
EM
S:
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
IV
INDEX
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
NUMERIC INDEX
Diagram Code Sec. Pag.SC101-0249E .................................................................... 1a..........32SC101-0252D.................................................................... 1a..........22SC101-0289 I .................................................................... 1a..........28SC101-0440B.................................................................... 1c ............ 4SC101-0441C.................................................................... 1c ............ 6SC101-0461B.................................................................... 1c ............ 8SC101-0482D.................................................................... 1a..........58SC101-0567E .................................................................... 1a..........54SC101-0578G ................................................................... 1a..........42SC101-0735D ................................................................... 1a..........60SC101-0791E ................................................................... 1a..........24SC101-0839D ................................................................... 1a..........44SC101-0844E ................................................................... 1a..........50SC101-0858C ................................................................... 1a............ 2SC101-0861D ................................................................... 1a..........36SC101-0863E ................................................................... 1a..........38SC101-0866G ................................................................... 1a..........52SC101-0932C ................................................................... 1b............ 4SC101-0937B ................................................................... 1b............ 8SC101-1070C ................................................................... 1a..........26SC101-1133C ................................................................... 1a............ 4SC101-1134E ................................................................... 1a..........56SC101-1135F .................................................................... 1b............ 2SC101-1209C ................................................................... 1a..........14SC101-1210B ................................................................... 1b............ 6SC101-1217C ................................................................... 1a..........10SC101-1218C ................................................................... 1b..........10SC101-1226B ................................................................... 1a..........30SC101-1240A ................................................................... 1a..........16SC101-1241B ................................................................... 1b..........12SC101-1243B ................................................................... 1a..........40SC101-1244A ................................................................... 1a..........48SC101-1247A ................................................................... 1c ............ 2SC101-1248A ................................................................... 1a..........20SC101-1249A ................................................................... 1a..........46SC101-1259B ................................................................... 1a............ 3SC101-1269A ................................................................... 1b..........16SC101-1272A ................................................................... 1a..........34SC101-1273A ................................................................... 1a............ 6SC101-1280A ................................................................... 1a..........12SC101-1282A ................................................................... 1a..........18SC101-1284A ................................................................... 1a............ 8SC101-1327 ...................................................................... 1b..........14
Diagram Code Sec. Pag.SV102-0782D .................................................................... 1d..........31SV102-1241D .................................................................... 1d..........36SV102-1349E .................................................................... 1d..........34SV102-1469D .................................................................... 1d..........30SV102-1470C .................................................................... 1e..........27SV102-1574C .................................................................... 1d..........30SV102-1609E .................................................................... 1d............ 6SV102-1710D .................................................................... 1e..........27SV102-1712F .................................................................... 1e..........26SV102-2066D .................................................................... 1d............ 8SV102-2081B .................................................................... 1e............ 5SV102-2082C .................................................................... 1e............ 4SV102-2132E .................................................................... 1d..........32SV102-2631E .................................................................... 1d............ 4SV102-2633H .................................................................... 1e............ 6SV102-2806F .................................................................... 1e..........14SV102-2892D .................................................................... 1d..........14SV102-2902G.................................................................... 1e............ 8SV102-2913B .................................................................... 1e..........10SV102-2934C .................................................................... 1d..........16SV102-2935E .................................................................... 1d..........22SV102-2970D .................................................................... 1d..........24SV102-2972D .................................................................... 1d..........26SV102-2978C .................................................................... 1e..........29SV102-3060B .................................................................... 1e..........18SV102-3063A .................................................................... 1d..........38SV102-3078B .................................................................... 1d..........18SV102-3079A .................................................................... 1d..........20SV102-3092D .................................................................... 1e..........12SV102-3094D .................................................................... 1e..........20SV102-3118C .................................................................... 1d..........10SV102-3119A .................................................................... 1d..........12SV102-3121C .................................................................... 1e..........16SV102-3122E .................................................................... 1e..........24SV102-3146D .................................................................... 1d............ 2SV102-3147B .................................................................... 1e............ 2SV102-3166C .................................................................... 1e..........22SV102-3219....................................................................... 1d..........46SV102-3220....................................................................... 1d..........48SV102-3227....................................................................... 1d..........42SV102-3228A .................................................................... 1d..........40SV102-3229B .................................................................... 1d..........53SV102-3235....................................................................... 1d..........44SV102-3238....................................................................... 1e..........27SV102-3239....................................................................... 1e..........26SV102-3240....................................................................... 1e..........27SV102-3257A .................................................................... 1d.......... 28SV102-3294....................................................................... 1d..........50SV102-3295....................................................................... 1d..........51SV102-3296A .................................................................... 1d..........52
sec.1 −−−− 1
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
SECTION 1(REV.B)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
2 −−−− sec.1
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1
SECTION 1 CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Sec. Pag.INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER .......................................................................................................................................................1 ................3 Conductor cross-section.....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................3 Wire laying..........................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................3 Instruction for grounding or not of the electronic locks and push button panels.................................................................................1 ................4 Door opener service ...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Tv camera unit ....................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4OPERATING ANOMALIES ....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Background noise in outdoor station systems ....................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Radio frequency picking .....................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Non-operation of the call to the loudspeaker ......................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Insuffi cient reception in outdoor station systems................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Whistle or larsen effect .......................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 Intercoms............................................................................................................................................................................................1 ................4 System check and possible failures outdoor station system control...................................................................................................1 ................5 1- or 2-user basic video door phone system troubleshooting and solutions.......................................................................................1 ................5 Reducing architectural barriers...........................................................................................................................................................1 ................5SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES ........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 Door phone systems...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 Video door phone systems .................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 Door phone systems...........................................................................................................................................................................1 ................6 Video door phone systems .................................................................................................................................................................1 ................7
DIAGRAM NOTES 1 8
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1 −−−− 3DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLER
The products described in this technical manual must be used as expressly intended only, i.e. to build door phone and video door phone systems.Any other use must be considered inappropriate and, them, dangerous. The constructor can not be considered liable for casual damages due to inappropriate, wrong and irrational use.
• The system must be built in compliance with the regulations in force.
• Check that the device is intact after removing it from the packaging. (do not proceed with installation in the event of faults);
• Keep the packaging (plastic bags, polystyrene, etc.) away from children. Packaging is potentially dangerous.
• Before connecting the set install an appropriate separation and protection switch.
• Before connecting the set verify that the data label correspond to the mains ones.
• Ensure that the conditions and data shown in the instruction booklets are respected for the entire life of the device;
• Do not obstruct the openings or fessures for ventilation or heat elimination.
• Before any cleaning or maintenance operation, disconnect the set by means of the system switch.
• In case of failure and/or malfunctioning of the set disconnect it by means of the general switch and do not damage it. (To repair the set contact Urmet after sales services)
• Do not open or tamper with the monitors: HIGH VOLTAGE live parts inside.
• Avoiding knocking or dropping the device to avoid breaking the kinescope with consequent projection of glass fragments.
If the above mentioned prescriptions are not followed, the set safety can be compromised.The installer must verify that the notices for user are present on the slave sets.
CONDUCTOR CROSS-SECTION
• Connection of traditional call door phone, 4+n wire electronic call door phone or coax video door phone systems:
Conductor cross-section depends on the length of the connections and must be able to guarantee a total resistance of less than 5 Ohm on each.
Distance [m] Cross-section [mm2]
Call and speech circuit 50 0,5 100 0,5 200 0,8 300 1,0
Door release circuit 50 0,5 100 0,8 200 1,0 300 1,6
Video circuit (°) 50 0,8 100 1,0 200 1,6 300 2,5
(°) Data in the table refers to the camera and monitor power wires; a 75Ω coax wire (e.g. RG59 U75Ω) is required for the video signal.
In the table, the maximum distance is to be interpreted as between the call station and the furthest door phone or video door phone. For longer distances:A) Suitably increase circuit wire cross-section area for voice and call
circuit.B) Use of a back-up relay for operating door lock circuit is
recommended.C) Installation of a video distributor Ref. 1794/4A is needed for the
coax wire.
In intercom systems it is advisable never to exceed 200 meters.
• Connection of 1+1 wire electronic door phone or 5-wire video door phone systems.
The system works correctly with a maximum total (forwards and backwards) line resistance of 12Ω.
Use the following wire cross-section areas according to distance:
Distance [m] Cross-section [mm2]
Call and speech circuit (terminals 1, 2, CA) 50 0,35 100 0,75 200 1,0
Video door phone power negative (terminal R1) 50 0,75 100 1,5 200 2,5
Video door phone power positive (terminal R2) 50 0,5 100 1,0 200 2,0
Video signal (terminals A, B) 50 0,35 100 0,35 200 0,35 double
Maximum length is between door unit (panel) and the most distant apartment station (door phone or video door phone).Up to two house phones can be connected in parallel.
Note: in all sistem foresee the wires for push button panel lamps lighting with an adequate power transformer (for up to 2 lamps the system transformer can be used), as well as the wires for the electric lock opener next to the door.
WIRE LAYING
The wire laying of systems with different voltages is possible not only in separated conduits but also in the same conduit. In this case all the wires have an insulation suitable to the highest rated voltage. Wires of systems incompatible each others as power and telephones TV antenna, data transmission, must have different conduits and boxes. By using external conduits it is possible to fail to observe this rule, on the condition that the incompatible systems are separated by means of a diaphragm. The internal diameter of the conduits has to be at least 1.3 times the diameter of the circle circumscribed to the wire group that the conduits have to include, with a minimum of 10 mm.Never use telephone cables; false calls may occur in installations with long lines due to problems of cross-talk.
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
4 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
OPERATING ANOMALIES
INSTRUCTION FOR GROUNDING OR NOT OF THE ELECTRONIC LOCKS AND PUSH BUTTON PANELS
According the IEC 64-8/4 Rule Point 411-1.2.4, the electronic device for which measures have been adopted to guarantee that in case of internal failure, the output terminal voltage cannot exceed the indicated values (50 Vac and, 120 Vdc not inverted) are source SELV type (ex BTS). It is the case of the Urmet door phone power supplies for bar mounting that have a double insulation and that is belonging to class II (identifi ed by the double square symbol) and that are conforming to IEC 12/13 Rules. The active parts of the powered circuits (electric locks and push button panels) absolutely have not to be grounded (point 411.1.4.1). Only for information, the power supplies that do not belong to class II but to class I and, therefore, have not a double or intensifi ed insulation, belong to FELV class (ex BTF). In this case both the power supplies and the active parts of the fed circuits have to be grounded.
DOOR OPENER SERVICE
Most apartment stations are equipped with door opener button to operate one or more electrical locks.It is not recommended to act on two different locks with the same button, since the excessive power absorbed by the door opener service might damage the power supply. In this case it is advisable to use house phones equipped with an additional button to open the second lock, or else to use relay switches for servocontrol of the second lock.
TV CAMERA UNIT
To obtain the best reproduction never direct the TV camera towards strong light sources (i.e. sun, lamps, fl ashes, fl ames or refl ections).Normal lighting is supplied by the infrared LEDs included in the TV camera unit. In case it is necessary the additional lamp lighting up for the outdoor vision (in particular with separated TV camera solution) insert a proper relay 788/5 or 788/52 by connecting to the video power supply.The contacts will close the circuit of the lamps fed with an external voltage.
OPERATING ANOMALIES
BACKGROUND NOISE IN OUTDOOR STATION SYSTEMS
If, during a conversation a background noise or a rather strong buzzing are heard, it is necessary to check the power supply and the absence of failures in the componentsOne of the causes for the irregular functioning of the system is the 12V a.c. voltage pick up (for push button panel lamps lighting) from the “-“ terminal of the loudspeaking unit, rather than from the power supply output. In fact, by this mistake, when lamps light up there is a voltage drop in the common wire between power supply and outdoor station that gives - on its turn - the above mentioned background noises during the conversation. Another cause of buzzing depends by long lines systems. The wire 9, that closes on the terminal –12 through the electric lock coil, induce the alternated current in the column. To verify disconnect a wire from electric lock, if the buzzing disappears the cause is located. To eliminate it control the lock by means of a auxiliary relay connected as per following scheme:
RADIO FREQUENCY PICKING
Some times a radio broadcast program can be heard in the door phone handset; this happens when the outdoor station is next to the radio repeater station. By connecting, between terminals “+” and “2” of the loudspeaking unit a 100 nF capacitor, the inconvenience will be overcome.
NON-OPERATION OF THE CALL TO THE LOUDSPEAKER
Check the power supply generates the call sound, by inserting a 45 Ohms loudspeaker between terminals “PS” and “~0” of the power supply.Replace the power unit in the event of a failure.
INSUFFICIENT RECEPTION IN OUTDOOR STATION SYSTEMS
The following cases may occur:1) Insuffi cient reception at both outdoor and indoor stations. In this case it is necessary to verify that power supply voltage
is not lower than 5,7V d.c. If feeding is normal, the insuffi cient reception is caused, in most cases, by a door phone that remains permanently inserted since, if the handset is unhooked, the hook contacts do not disconnect it from the system and therefore the house phones operate as if they were connected in parallel.
2) Insuffi cient reception at outdoor station only. If this occurs only when the outdoor station is in connection with a
certain door phone, the defect can be easily eliminated by acting on the door phone. If, on the contrary, the reception is weak, independently from the door phone connected to the loudspeaking unit, the defect is to be found in the loudspeaking unit itself; therefore it will be necessary to fi rst check that there have been no wire inversions in the connection to terminals “1” and “2” or inversions of “+” and “-“ polarities.
3) Insuffi cient reception at indoor station only. Adjust the loudspeaking unit potentiometer by increasing the
volume EXT.
WHISTLE OR LARSEN EFFECT
Should the system present a “whistle” due to Larsen effect, duly adjust the two volume potentiometers of the loudspeaking unit reducingthe higher yield channel (INT or EXT). A better result is obtained by acting on the internal volume.
INTERCOMS
One of the most common connection mistakes in an intercom system causes the following defect: during test operations the handset gives a background noise and no conversation can take place. This is due to a wrong connection on the power supply negative terminal.
ELECTRIC LOCK
RELAY
From the lock releasesof the
house-phones
HOUSE PHONEPOWER SUPPLY
Lockoperation
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1 −−−− 5DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
OPERATING ANOMALIES
The power supplies have two negative outputs: “-” and “-J”. The latter has a series impedance. If, during the installation, a connection is made on the fi rst output instead of on the second “-J”, the system will not work since the impedance function is missing.
SYSTEM CHECK AND POSSIBLE FAILURES OUTDOOR STATION SYSTEM CONTROL
1) Check that voltage between (+) and (-) terminals is of 6V. If voltage is normal, there should not be:
a) Any badly connected door phone. b) Any door phone with permanently unhooked handset. To make sure that all house phones are properly connected, it is
necessary to measure if between “+” and “1A” and “2” terminals voltage is present.
Under normal conditions, there should be no voltage. If, on the contrary, voltage is present, it means that in one or more house phones both the microphone and the receiver are permanently inserted.
2) Disconnect “+”, “1A” and “2” terminals wires from the loudspeaking unit and measure with the ohmmeter between wires 1A and 2:
• If the result is infi nite the system is in order. • If there is a resistance of about 100 Ohms, some door phone is
always connected. • If the result is 0 Ohms, wire 1A and 2 are in short circuit. To verify the effi ciency of the loudspeaking unit, wires 1A and
2 coming from the installation, must be disconnected and a provisional connection must be made on a perfectly working door phone; if the conversation is audible, the fault will have to be found somewhere else. To locate faults it is necessary to pro-ceed upwards on the cable conduit.
1- OR 2-USER BASIC VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING AND SOLUTIONS
1) No conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone is heard on the monitor but the monitor does not light up.
Short-circuit between output terminals: the power unit protection has tripped; disconnect power (230 Vac) and carefully check the system wiring again.
2) No conversation can be established with the door unit: no call tone is heard on the monitor and the monitor does not light up. Check:
• Connection between panel button and monitor CA terminal. • Connection between power unit terminal PS and panel button
common. • No short-circuit on power unit “PS” terminal. 3) A conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone
is heard on the monitor but the monitor does not light up. Check: • Presence of voltage (18-20 Vdc) between monitor terminals
“R2” (+) and “R1” (-).4) A conversation can be established with the door unit: the call tone
is heard on the monitor, the monitor does not light up but the screen is blank.
Check: • Presence of voltage (16-18Vdc) between camera terminals
“+TC” “R1”. • Possible coax interruption or short-circuit.5) No conversation can be established with the door unit: the call
tone is heard on the video door phone and the camera picture appears.
Check: • Presence of voltage (6Vdc) between door unit terminals “+6”
and “-6”.6) The system works correctly but the door lock cannot be released. Check: • Continuity between video door phone “9” and video power unit
“AP” terminals.
All diagrams in this volume can be downloaded from the web site at www.urmetdomus.com, technical diagram area.
REDUCING ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS
In buildings intended for social activities, such as schools, hospitals, health care centres, cultural centres, etc., and in all other buildings where technical precautions are needed to ensure accessibility by disabled persons, the door phone and video door phone systems must be installed so to be conveniently used by everyone.Specifi cally, avoid installing apartment stations in diffi cult to reach points. Install so that the distance between the fl oor and the upper part of the microphone is 100cm. The panel outside the building must be installed as close as possible to the height of a wheelchair user’s face: the recommended height is from 115 to 125cm from the fl oor.
115 ÷ 125 cm100 cm
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
6 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Traditional call systems are suitable for making new systems with call signal to a dedicated buzzer fi tted inside the door phone.This type of door phone is suitable for replacing 1030, 930 and 730 model door phone in existing systems and for making intercom systems.
“1+1” wire systems
“1+1” wires systems are available with electronic call option only. These systems are characterised by simple wiring with only 2 wires for each user.They are suitable for making new installations and are most appreciated for use in old buildings to replace an existing call only system (button and bell). The existing service can be transformed into a door phone system without adding wires to the column or in the apartments.In this systems, only the called door phone can pick up the conversation with the visitor (no other users can cut into the call in progress) and open the electrical door lock.
Existing call only system
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES - CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM
SYSTEM TYPOLOGIES
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Door phone systems functions include conversation, calling and door opening in a normal electrical system.The following devices are needed to make a basic door phone system:• Panel with buttons and door unit.• Apartment station door phones.• Door phone system power unit.
Door phone systems are split into two families according to the number of wires needed to make the system.
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Urmet Domus video door phone systems ensure a high level of user safety; visitors can be recognised at the door (of a detached house, a semi-detached house or a block of fl ats) thanks to the picture which appears on the monitor located inside.The following devices are needed to make a basic video door phone system:• Panel with buttons, door unit and camera.• Apartment station video door phones.• Video door phone system power unit.
Either black and white or colour video door phone systems are available using specifi c monitors and camera.Video door phone installation is simple and quick thanks to the use of specifi c brackets with terminal boards onto which the monitor is fastened.Two system types are available: coax and 5 wires.
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
“4+n” wire systems
This type of system employs 4 wires (2 for voice in and out, 1 for door phone power ground and 1 for operating the electrical lock) plus one call wire.The system may implement either traditional or electronic call tone options.
Door phones with different designs and colour are available for 4+n wire electronic call systems. The call tone is sent directly to the speaker used for normal communication with the door unit. The tone is a modulated two-tone note (1200 and 750Hz) in this case. Door phones with special functions can be used (privacy indicator and door monitoring LED, voice circuit on button, additional buttons directly on the door phone top). Various accessories are also available (three-tone gong, call volume adjustment kit, etc.).Various doors phones can be connected one to the each other in addition to the door unit for making intercom systems.
KEYA: Door phoneB: Power unitC: PanelD: Electrical lock
B
C
D
A
A
C
D
B
E
E
F
F
G
G
KEYB: 12V transformer C: PanelD: Electrical lockE: Lock release buttonF: Apartment ringerG: Floor call button
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1 −−−− 7DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
“5 wire” systems
These systems are particularly suitable for new installations and for transforming existing door phone systems into video door phone systems without addition other wires in the column and the apartments.Urmet Domus 5 wire video door phone systems (without coax) can be used to make video door phone systems with only 4 wires for powering the monitor and the video signal plus 1 wire for the call signal.The picture only appears on the called monitor. Conversation is private. Users must have been called to connect to the door unit.Simple “1+1” door phones can be connected to the 5 wire video door phone system for offering voice service only.
Existing door phone system
5 wire video door phone system
“1+1” wire door phone system
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
Coax systems
The construction of a coax video door phone system is similar to that of an electronic call “4+n” door phone system with the addition of video functions. The wires are the same as those shown for the door phone system with the addition of those needed to power the camera and the monitor, in addition to the coax cable for the video signal.This system offers countless possible confi gurations for both black and white and colour installations; it is particularly indicated when there is a long distance between the camera and the monitors.Apartment stations in coax systems can be connected one to another to make intercom systems.Apartment stations in coax systems can be complemented with a wide range of accessories (three-tone gong, Scaitel picture memory module, supplementary buzzer, etc.).Simple “4+n” door phones can be connected to the coax video door phone system for offering voice service only.
C
A
A
D
B
F
F
G
G
KEYA: Door phoneB: 12V transformer C: PanelD: Electrical lockF: Apartment ringerG: Floor call button
F
E
KEYA: Door phone system power unitB: Video power unit C: Electrical lockD: Camera unitE: Door unitF: PanelG: Apartment stationH: Video door phone distribution boxI: Conversation privacy boardL: Door phone
A
C
L
L
G G
G
H
H
G
B
D
E
F
I
C
TC
KEYA: Apartment stationB: Power unitC: Video door unitD: Video distributionE: Electrical lock
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
D
B
C
E
TC
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SYSTEM
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
8 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMSDIAGRAM NOTES
0,75Cross-sectionarea sq.mm
0,35
Distance m 100
1
20050
Provide two wires for switchingon the push-button panel lightbulbs. Use a power transformersuitable to the number of lightbulbs. The system transformer issufficient for up to 2 bulbs(max 6 W).
C1.002 - MINIMUM WIRECROSS-SECTION AREAS
0,8circuit 1
50Distance
0,5
- The indicated distance is betweendoor unit and most distant door phone.- Lay the wires at a suitable distancefrom power lines (as far away aspossible).
m
0,5
call circuit0,5 1
1,6
200 300100
0,8sq.mm
Door opening
C4.001 - MINIMUM WIRECROSS-SECTION AREAS
Voice and
sq.mm
1
10,8mm
m
0,20
Diameter
120
1,6
Distance
0,65
Cross-section
0,5
sq.mm
480300200
0,8
C4.012 - MINIMUM WIRECROSS-SECTION AREAS
area
C4.004 - Use auxiliary relayRef.788/21 or 788/52 for operating thelock in systems with long lines toavoid buzzing.
C4.006 - Sinthesi models only:- Connected jumper ... to ...
C4.007 - Sinthesi models only:See instruction booklet provided withproduct for connecting terminals G/T,~0 and ~12 between modules.
C4.008 - K-Steel models only:all connections are made withterminal boards.
The connection variant is:
S3S1
2
~12
~0
LOCKDOOR PHONE
Ref.788/52
Door Lock
DEVICE
FROM 9 OF
ELECTRIC
12~
POWER SUPPLY Release
DOOR PHONES
RELAY
C4.003
C4.015 - Repeater door phone call inputconnections.
C4.014 - Check that the diode respectsthe polarisation shown in the diagram.
Call repeaterRef.1332/84
Mod.1131Mod.Scaitel
Mod. Atlantico
“4+n”wire
systems
CA CA 2 7
6 6 1 6
“1+1”wire
systems
Mod.1130
“4+n”wire
systems
“1+1”wire
systems
C1.004 - K-Steel models only:Remove the jumpera)... and ...
Use two wires for lighting the panelname tags if not included in the diagram.Use a separate transformer of suitablepower. Transformer Ref.9000/230 is recommendedfor up to 15W-The system power unit is sufficient forup to 6W.
Door phone
Ref.1132/1 T1 T2 T3 T4
Ref.1133/1 T1 T2 T3
Ref.1131/1 A B C D
Terminal equivalence:
K
C4.009 - Important:Use cord pairs.
sec.1 −−−− 9
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMSDIAGRAM NOTES
R2
CA
Maximumdistance
0,50
m
0,35
2,5
Double
0,75
0,5 1,0
1,5
A,B
200
0,350,35
2,0Wires
R1 Sq.mm
0,35
0,75
10050
V5.001 - Wire cross-section area
The diagrams indicate the distancebetween the camera and most distantvideo door phone unit.Normal wires can be used fordistances up to 100 metres. Forhigher distances (up to 200 metres)the wires A and B must be doubled.
V5.004 - On the last distributor,insert two 82 Ohm resistors (provided)between terminals R1-A and R1-B.
Sq.mm
Sq.mm
Sq.mmwires
V5.002 - Use two wires for lighting thepanel name tags if not included in thediagram.Use a separate transformer of suitablepower. Transformer Ref.9000/230 is recommendedfor up to 15W-The system power unit is sufficient forup to 6W.
VD.002 - See the chapter "Demisterpower" in the chosen product manualfor K-Steel camera modules only.
VD.007 = Floor call button.
C4.016 - Sinthesi models only: The call forwarded LEDs on all panelslight up when a call is in progressfrom any station.
C4.017 - Sinthesi models only:The call forwarded LED of the secondarystation in the column to which the callis directed lights up when a call fromthe main panel is in progress.
C4.018 - K-Steel model door units only:connect terminals ~0 and ~12 for nametag lighting.
C4.023 - Set the (TIME) trimmer on thedevice to minimum time.
CU.009 - Provide two wires forswitching on the push-button panellight bulbs.Use a power transformer suitable toethe number of light bulbs.Use of transformer Ref. 9000/230 isrecommended for up to five bulbs(max 15 W).
Video signal
mmq
1,50
Video signal
0,35
-
mmq
mmq
0,75
mmq 0,35
-
AI
1,50
~0
100
The diagrams indicate the distancebetween the thecamera andvideo door phone unit.Normal wires can be used fordistances up to 100 metres. Forhigher distances (up to 200 metres)the wires A and B must be doubled.
doublewires
0,35
-2,50
Power 18V=
C1-C2
Auto power-on
mmq
Wires
Wires
200
~12
Video power
From camera to video door phones
0,35
R1
Video power
m
Power 18V=
0,75
1,5
0,35
50
1,50,5
R2
2,50
0,75
+18
0,75
0,35
Function
mmq
100
0,35
0,35
0,5
0,35
V5.007 - MINIMUM WIRE CROSS-SECTION AREAS
-
Power 12V~
Call 0,75
mmq
m
From power unit to camera
Power 12V~
B
R1
mmq
1,50
0,35
50
mmq
mmq
-
A
0,5
Function
1,50
V5.011 - Connect the wire for switch-onfunction. In this case, connect jumperbetween terminals X2 and R3.
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
10 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMSDIAGRAM NOTES
VX.002 - The power unit can powerup to 10 distributors. Use onelocal power unit Ref. 789/2 foreach group of distributors (max.20) after exceeding this limit.
VX.003 - MINIMUM WIRECROSS-SECTION AREAS
Provide two wires for switching onthe push-button panel light bulbs.Use a separate transformer suitableto the number of light bulbs.(Transformer ref. 9000/230 isrecommended for up to 5 bulbs).The system power unit is sufficientfor up to 2 bulbs.
VX.006 - See the instruction bookprovided with the product for fittingthe accessory in the device.
VX.007 - The cross-section area of thewires indicated with must bedouble.
Distance
Normal
COAXIALCABLE
COAXIALCABLE
75 Ohm
m
Sq.mm
50 100 200 300
0,5 0,8 1 1,6
0,8 1 1,6 2,5
Use a normal coaxial wirefor distances up to 300 mAdd a video amplifier forlonger distances.
Wires
R1,R2,+TCWires
Sq.mm
VX.010 - No more than 20 monitorsshould be connected to each column;add video distributors to thecamera output or other device ifthere are more devices.
VX.014 - Dusk switch or similar devicefor switching lights on, whererelevant.
VX.012 - Relay Ref.788/5 or Ref.788/52is needed to prevent that a video doorphone can be switched on while anotherdevice is working and interrupt vision.Connect the PS wire directly to themonitor X1 terminals if the relay isnot fitted.
VX.011 - Close the coaxial wire onthe last monitor in the riser witha 75 Ohm resistance betweenterminals V4 and V5.
VX.013 - Connect the switch-offcircuit Ref. 5330/60 in thepush-button panel and connect wire SN(brown) to the button common. Cut andisolate wire 1 (red).
VX.001 - To use video distributoroutput U5, remove the 75 Ohm resistorfitted on the printed circuit orremove jumper (if existing).
VX.016 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREAS
Distance
75 Ohm
m
mmq
300 400 700 1000
1,6 1,75 2,5 4
VX.008 - Connect the devices to afilter and power line protectiondevice.
1
2
IN OUT
2
1
Ref.1332/85
2
1
Ref.1332/86
IN OUT
2
1
NL
N
L
FilterProtection
Neutral
Mains ~
Line ~Earth
Phase
Utility
VX.015 - The power unit Ref.1090/850can power up to 4 devices.Use another power unit for each groupof 4 devices if the system exceedthis capacity.
Voice andcall wires
Use a normal coaxial wirefor distances up to 300 mAdd a video amplifier forlonger distances.
The video amplifier must be installednear the monitor. Two BNC connectors are required forconnecting the coax wire. Use a RG59(75Ohm) coax for a maximum distanceof 300m.Use video amplifier Ref.1840/250 withRG11 wire for higher distances
sec.1 −−−− 11
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATION DIAGRAMSDIAGRAM NOTES
VX.018 - Connect the followingjumpers on the device:a) ..... with .....b) ..... with .....c) ..... with .....
VX.023 - Terminal equivalence:- RT (Sentry+)= RD (Atlantico).
VX.021 - Cut or remove the jumpers onthe device(s):- ...-...- ...-...-...-...
VX.025EXAMPLE OF POWER CONNECTION WITHATLANTICO VIDEO DOOR PHONES
R1 R2
R75
RDR1
V3V5V4
R2
R1RD
V3V5V4
R2
VX.032 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREASThe section area and the voltage cable(12Vcc 12Vdc)lenght are in functionof the camera intake.See the following table:
Cameraintake
max 300mA
VX.031 - On the device removethe jumper P1 which short circuitthe diode 1N4700. In intercom systemthere is not necessary connect thediode.
Cross sectionarea(mmq)
0,75
1,5
2,5
4
Distance (m)
Cameraintake
Cross sectionarea(mmq)
Distance (m)
150
100
240
50
VX.033 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREASThe section area and the voltage cable(12Vcc 12Vdc)lenght are in functionof the camera intake.See the following table:
max 500mA
1
2,5
4 200
125
50
VU.002 - Follow the instructionsprovided with the product forfitting the camera.
2
1 50
0,50,5 1
200 300100
0,8
VX.034 - MINIME WIRE CROSS SECTION AREAS
Distance m
mmqNormalwires
0,50,5 10,8mmqWires
R1, R2, +TC
Call andbuttoncommonwires
0,8 10,5 1,6mmq
Use a normal coaxial wirefor distances up to 300 mAdd a video amplifier forlonger distances.
Use two wires for lighting the panelname tags if not included in the diagram.Use a separate transformer of suitablepower. Transformer ref. 9000/230 is recommendedfor up to 15W-The system power unit is sufficient forup to 6W.
COAXIALCABLE75 Ohm
VX.028 - For Ref. 5330/60 only: cutand isolate wire 1 (red)
NOTE 1: The electrical lock is shown in the diagrams and must have the following features:
12Vac - 15VA
NOTE 2: The number of devices shown by an X must be evaluated according to the system type to be made.
INS
TA
LL
AT
ION
DIA
GR
AM
S
12 −−−− sec.1 DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 1
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 4+N WIRE DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1A(REV.D)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Diagram Sec. Pag.BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 4+N WIRE DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT ................................................................SC101-0858C ..............1a ................2
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT ................................................................ SC101-1259B ..............1a ................3
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phone with or without insertion key........................................................................................................SC101-1133C ..............1a ................4
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel .................... SC101-1273A ..............1a ................6
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel.Floor call service with differentiated tone.Possibility of timing the door open.................................................................................................................. SC101-1284A ..............1a ................8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSUse the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 .................................................................SC101-1217C ..............1a ............. 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITSDifferentiated calls from door units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15......................................... SC101-1280A ..............1a ............. 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS ............................................SC101-1209C ..............1a ............. 14
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 ................................................................. SC101-1240A ..............1a ............. 16
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door units.Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 ................................................................................................. SC101-1282A ..............1a ............. 18
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker ............................................................................................... SC101-1248A ..............1a ............. 20
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONConnection of the sound generator to call door phones from the fl oor using the same loudspeaker ............SC101-0252D ..............1a ............. 22
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSolution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the fl oorThe calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generatorThose to the fl oor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54 ........................................................................... SC101-0791E ..............1a ............. 24
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSolution using additional differential fl oor call device Ref. 9854/53................................................................SC101-1070C ..............1a ............. 26
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone “A” can open door during call from panel................................................................................... SC101-0289 II ..............1a ............. 28
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor open light indicator. Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications ...................................... SC101-1226B ..............1a ............. 30
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES ............................................................... SC101-0249E ..............1a ............. 32
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES ............................................................... SC101-1272A ..............1a ............. 34
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES...........................................SC101-0861D ..............1a ............. 36
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM............................ SC101-0863E ..............1a ............. 38
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSingle calls from outdoor station ................................................................................................................... SC101-1243B ..............1a ............. 40
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONParallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls...................................................................................SC101-0578G ..............1a ............. 42
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSingle calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls.....................................................................................SC101-0839D ..............1a ............. 44
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSingle calls from outdoor station .................................................................................................................... SC101-1249A ..............1a ............. 46
I −−−− sec.1a
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONParallel calls from outdoor station .................................................................................................................. SC101-1244A ..............1a ............. 48
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSSingle calls from the push button panels........................................................................................................ SC101-0844E ..............1a ............. 50
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSParallel calls from the push button panels......................................................................................................SC101-0866G ..............1a ............. 52
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONSTO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNITParallel calls from door unit. Differentiated calls............................................................................................. SC101-0567E ..............1a ............. 54
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSecrecy of conversation ................................................................................................................................. SC101-1134E ..............1a ............. 56
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSimultaneous opening of two electrical locks .................................................................................................SC101-0482D ..............1a ............. 58
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLSFROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEMParallel calls from outdoor station Differentiated calls ..........................................................................................................................................SC101-0735D ..............1a ............. 60
sec.1a −−−− II
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
4+N DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Use of kits
4
22
56
8
40
44
58
26
20
28
30
42
16
18
6
SC101-1133C
SC101-0252D
SC101-1134E
SC101-1284A
SC101-1243B
SC101-0839D
SC101-0482D
SC101-1070C
SC101-1248A
SC101-0289 I
SC101-1226B
SC101-0578G
SC101-1240A
SC101-1282A
SC101-1273A
SC101-0791E 24
1
0
√
K
√
√
√ √√
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 3SC101-1259B√ √
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT 2SC101-0858C√ √
√ √√
√ √√
√
√
√
√
√ √ √
√
√ √
√
√
√
√ √ √ √
√ √ √
√ √ √
√ √
√
√
√
√ √
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSingle calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several door phones in the apartmen
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Floor calls: users can be called from the outside of the apartment
Differentiated call: the source of the call can be identified
Timed electrical lock: the energising time of the lock can be controlled
Use of devices with low number of DIN modules
MUTE function: possibility of excluding the call tone
Door open control: open door indicated by means of LED
Conversation privacy: users can only talk and listen if called
Operation of two locks at the same time
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION PAGDIAGRAM
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phone with or without insertion key
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONConnection of the sound generator to call door phones from the floor using the same loudspeaker
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSolution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the floor.The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generator.Those to the floor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSolution using additional differential floor call device Ref. 9854/53
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICO TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone “A” can open door during call from panel
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSecrecy of conversation
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor open light indicator. Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSimultaneous opening of two electrical locks
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel.Floor call service with differentiated tone. Possibility of timing the door open
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITYOF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSingle calls from outdoor station
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONParallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door units.Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
K = number of columns with panel
III −−−− sec.1a
SECTION 1A CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1A
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several door phones in the apartment
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Floor calls: users can be called from the outside of the apartment
Differentiated call: the source of the call can be identified
Timed electrical lock: the energising time of the lock can be controlled
Use of devices with low number of DIN modules
MUTE function: possibility of excluding the call tone
Door open control: open door indicated by means of LED
Conversation privacy: users can only talk and listen if called
Operation of two locks at the same time
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION PAG
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSUse the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11 10
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITYOF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION. Single calls from outdoor station 46
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITSDifferentiated calls from door units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15 12
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSSingle calls from the push button panels 50
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSParallel calls from the push button panels 52
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES WITH THE POSSIBILITYOF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION. Parallel calls from outdoor station 48
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS 14
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES 32
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES 34
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 8/13 DOOR PHONES 36
38
0 0
N N
N 1
√4 0
2 0
√
√
√ √√
√ √ √
√
√
√ √
√ √
√ √
√√√√
√
√
√
√
NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 7/12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OFANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF ANELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEMParallel calls from outdoor station. Differentiated calls 60
DIAGRAM
SC101-1217C
SC101-1249A
SC101-1280A
SC101-0844E
SC101-0866G
SC101-1244A
SC101-1209C
SC101-0249E
SC101-1272A
SC101-0861D
SC101-0863E
SC101-0735D
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONSTO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNITParallel calls from door unit. Differentiated calls 54SC101-0567E
sec.1a −−−− IV
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
2 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0858C:
“4+N” DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. X One-family kit (1 button) Ref. 1129/501 consisting of: • Smyle panel 1 button with built-in door unit. • 1 Atlantico door phone (with door opener button and 1
additional button). • Power transformer: Ref. 9000/230 (230Vac-18VA, 3 DIN
modules). orN. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) Ref. 1129/502 consisting of: • Smyle panel 2 buttons with built-in door unit. • 2 Atlantico door phones (with door opener button and 1
additional button). • Power transformer: Ref. 9000/230 (230Vac-18VA, 3 DIN
modules).
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001(*) door phone included in two-family kit only
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
5
5
6
8
2
(*)
FUNCTION
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is suffi cient to press the proper push button.
PS
1
1A2
~-/~
~12~0
CA
126910
CA
126910
~0
~
~
~12
(*)
POWER SUPPLY
Lock Release
MAIN ~
ELECTRICLOCK
SC101-0858C
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec. 1a −−−− 3
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF UP TO 2 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is suffi cient to press the proper push button.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1259B:
“4+N” DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) Ref. 1133/301 consisting of: • Sinthesi door unit module with 1 call button Ref. 1145/21 • Door unit Ref. 1145/500 • 1 Atlantico door phone Ref. 1133/1 • 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref 1145/51 • Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 • Power unit 230Vac-28VA, 3 DIN modules Ref. 786/11 orN. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) Ref. 1133/302 consisting of: • Sinthesi door unit module with 2 call buttons Ref. 1145/22 • Door unit Ref. 1145/500 • 2 Atlantico door phones Ref. 1133/1 • 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref 1145/51 • Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 • Power unit 230Vac-28VA, 3 DIN modules Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001(*) door phone included in two-family kit only
PostoEsterno
CA
126109
G/TT1 T1
-J-6+6~0
~
~12
PS
~
CA
126109
G/TT1 T1
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
G/T~0
~0~12
U2
(*)
POWER SUPPLYLock Release
MAIN ~
MODULE FOR DOOR UNIT
ELECTRICLOCK
SC101-1259B
5
5
6
8
2
(*)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
4 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phone with or without insertion key
5
5
4+(n-2)
4+(n-1)
4+n
9+n
2
FUNCTION
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is suffi cient to press the proper push button.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1133C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico wiht insertion key White colour Ref. 1133/10
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted Panel Mod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 5
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phone with or without insertion key
SC101-1133C
(C4.004) Name taglighting
(C4.007)(C4.008)
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
(C4.006)
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
6
1
9
2
10
CA
-J
-6+6
~0
~12
~
~
PS
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEMLock ReleaseMAIN ~
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
ELECTRICLOCK
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.004
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
6 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually
while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel
A
B
C
D
E
F
12
2
7
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
PARALLEL CALLS
SINGLE CALLS
FUNCTION
By pressing U1 or U2 on the panel inside the building, a two-tone electronic call is sent to the speaker or door phone A or door phone B, respectively. By pressing U3 on the panel, door phones C-D-E-F are all called at the same time.Lift the handset of the called door phones to establish a conversation with the door unit. Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door lock.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1273A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 6 Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. 6 Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/13N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/13AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 3 buttons Ref. 1155/13AN. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 3 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. 3 Blank module (*) Ref. 1128/30-/31
(*) for small button installation only
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.004
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.008
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 7
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually
while door phones C-D-E-F are called in parallel
SC101-1273A
(C4.004)
(C4.008)POWER SUPPLYFOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
PARALLEL CALLS
(C4.006)
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U1
U2U3
G/T
L
+
2-
1A
1
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
-J-6+6
~0
~12
~
~
PS
MAIN~
SINGLE CALLS
Name taglightingLock Release
ELECTRICLOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
8 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called
in parallel. Floor call service with differentiated tone.Possibility of timing the door open
A
B
C
D
E
F
12
2
8
7
5
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
PARALLEL CALL
SINGLE CALLS
FUNCTION
By pressing U1 or U2 on the panel inside the building, a two-tone electronic call is sent to the speaker or door phone A or door phone B, respectively. By pressing U3 on the panel, door phones C-D-E-F are all called at the same time.Lift the handset of the called door phones to establish a conversation with the door unit.Each apartment is equipped with a fl oor call button which will operate the ringer with a differentiated call tone with respect to that of the door unit.Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door lock (operation can be timed).
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1284A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 6 Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. 6 Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/13
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/13N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/13AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 3 buttons Ref. 1155/13AN. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 3 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. 3 Blank module (*) Ref. 1128/30-/31
(*) for small button installation only
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.008VD.007
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 9
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 6 DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITDoor phones A and B are called individually while door phones C-D-E-F are called
in parallel. Floor call service with differentiated tone.Possibility of timing the door open
SC101-1284A
(C4.008)
(C4.006)
A
B
C
D
E
F
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
+1
L1A2-
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
6
1
9
2
10
CA
-J-6+6
~0
~12
PS
~
~
SE1
AP
SE2
PS2
POWER SUPPLYFOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
PARALLEL CALLS
MAIN~
SINGLE CALLS
Name taglighting
Lock Release
ELECTRICLOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
10 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSUse the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
5
5
4+(n-2)
4+(n-1)
4+n
7+n 7+n
2 2
FUNCTION
This type of installation solves the problem to connect a series of house phones of a building with 2 entrances each one equipped with a push button panel.This solution permits, by simply pushing a button from one of the 2 push button panels, to connect automatically the user to the calling push button panels unhooking the handset. This type of installation does not allow to talk from both outdoor stations simultaneously, since they work alternatively.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1217C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 11
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSUse the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
SC101-1217C
(C4.006)
(C4.007)~ ~
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.006)
(VX.014)
~0~12
~
~
6
1
9
2
10
CA
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
28
SN1
~0
7
1
15
13
1C 2C
14
SN2
9
3
5
6 4
1012
11 ~12
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
~0-6 ~12+6PS
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
LockReleaseName tag
lighting
Name taglighting
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
ELECTRICLOCK
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
LockRelease Name tag
lightingELECTRICLOCK
RELAY
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
12 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITSDifferentiated calls from door units.
Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
4+n
5
4+(n-1)
5
4+(n-2)
22
7+n 7+n
FUNCTION
This type of system solves the problem of connecting a door phone column in a building with two entrances, each of which equipped with one panel and respective door unit.In this solution, a visitor can simply press a button on either of the two panels. The called door phone user can pick up the call and automatically connect to the calling panel. The other panel will be cut off.As a consequence, it is not possible in such as system to speak to two door units at the same time because either one or the other will be cut off.The user can recognise which door unit generated the call thanks to two different call tones.Simply press the corresponding button to release the electrical door lock of the door unit from where the call was generated.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1280A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 13
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE TO 2 DOOR UNITSDifferentiated calls from door units.
Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
SC101-1280A
(C4.008)(C4.016)
(C4.006)
(C4.007)
(C4.006)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.016)
L
+
2
-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
6 3 9 ~~SN252 -J+-C2C1 4 SN11127 ~0PSPS2 8~
L
+
2
-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
MAIN ~
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
LockRelease
LockRelease
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
14 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
4+n
5
4+(n-1)
5
4+(n-2)
22
7+n 7+n
22
7+n 7+n
FUNCTION
This installation allows connection of a series of door phone to 4 push button panels.By simply pushing a button on one of the 4 panels, the called door phone, picking up the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push button panel.It is not possible to talk from the outdoor stations simultaneously, since they work alternatively.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1209C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 4 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 4 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 4 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 4 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 4 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 15
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-1209C
(C4.006)(C4.006)
(C4.007)
(C4.006)(C4.006)
(C4.008)(C4.016)
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.016)
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.016)
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.016)
(VX.014)6
1
9
2
10
CA
IIIIII1
2
SN3
IIIAP
12
IIII
21
SN2
IIAP
III-
- II
1C 2C0-~ ~
21
IV12
IV
SN4
APIV
II12
SN1
API
- IV
I-
PA
~0~12
~
~
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
MAIN ~
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
6
1
9
2
10
CA
~ ~ -6 PS~+6~ 120
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
Name taglighting
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
MAIN ~
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
Lock Release
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
RELAYBOX
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
16 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
K= quantity of columns
4+n 4+n
4+(n-1) 4+(n-1)
5 5
5 5
4+(n-2) 4+(n-2)
69+n 5+n 9+n5+n5+K+n
8+K+n+n...
2
2
2
FUNCTION
It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common one at the main entrance. During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by means of a switching relay.Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can therefore take place at the same time.When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor stations.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1240A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51N. 1 Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K+1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. K+1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. K+1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. K+1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
(K= quantity of columns)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 17
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.Use the relay box Ref. 788/51 and the power supply Ref. 786/11
SC101-1240A
(C4.017)(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.017)
(C4.006)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
-4
C1
SN1
6
1
7
7
-64
C1
1
SN1
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
~~ PS ~6 120- +
6~
S2C6~0
~12S3S12CA
~ ~6 PS0
~612+ - ~
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
3
SN2
8 25
6
C2~
13
0~21
915
1
SN1
4
147C1
101112
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
+1
L1A2-
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
6
1
9
2
10
CA
+1
L1A2-
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
CONNECTIONAS 1ST GROUP
1ST COLUMN 2ND COLUMN
RELAYBOX
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
LockRelease
Calls
Common
TO THE FOLLOWING
GROUP
RELAYBOX
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
DIAGRAM NOTES (see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008 C4.017
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
18 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN DOOR UNIT Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door
units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
K= quantity of columns
4+n 4+n
4+(n-1) 4+(n-1)
5 5
5 5
4+(n-2) 4+(n-2)
69+n 5+n 9+n5+n5+K+n
8+K+n+n...
2
2
2
FUNCTION
The system is useful in residential centres where individual houses or blocks need to be connected to their own door units and to a common door unit located at the main entrance. The concerned door phone is automatically switched onto the common door unit or onto the secondary door unit of the concerned group when called by means of a switching relay. Services to secondary door units are mutually interdependent and therefore may occur at the same time. When a call is made from the common door unit, only the group to which the called door phone belongs is switched. The other door phones can be continue to work with their own secondary units. The user can recognise calls from the main door unit or the secondary door unit thanks to two different call tones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1282A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. K Column power supply Ref. 786/15N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or:
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K+1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. K+1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. K+1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. K+1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 19
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO ONE MAIN DOOR UNIT Each column is connected to a secondary door unit. Differentiated calls from door
units. Use the power supply wiht relay Ref. 786/15
SC101-1282A
1
SN1
CALLREPEATERRELAY
7
7
14-
-
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
SN1
4
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.017)
(C4.017)(C4.008)
(C4.006)
COLUMNPOWER SUPPLY
(C4.007)
6
1
9
2
10
CA
S2C6~0
~12S3S12CA
~ ~-6 ~0~12 +6
3
SN2
8 25
6
9~12
1
SN1
4
7C1
+-
~0PS
C2
0 230PS2
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
+1
L1A2-
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
+1
L1A2-
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
1ST COLUMN 2ND COLUMN
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
LockRelease
CONNECTIONAS 1ST GROUP
Loudspeakingunit
Loudspeakingunit
TO THE FOLLOWING
GROUP
Calls
Common
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008 C4.017
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
20 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICOTO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker
TC
TC7
6+(n-2)
6+(n-1)
6+n
9+n
2
7
FUNCTION
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and conversation may take place. To operate the electric lock it is suffi cient to press the proper push button.Floor calls can be differentiated from door unit calls by adding devices Ref. 787/1.The additional loudspeaker Ref. 9854/54 has more high call tone.This type of system can be made with Atlantico door phones only.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1248A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133N. X Additional speaker Ref. 9854/54
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Tone generator Ref. 787/1
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.004
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008 VD.007 VX.006
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 21
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES MODEL ATLANTICOTO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Floor calls on the supplementary loudspeaker
(C4.004)
(C4.006)
(VD.007)
(VX.006)
(VD.007)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.006)
6
1
9
2
10
CA
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
~0
+6
PS
~12
-6
~
~
6
1
9
2
10
CA
PSSN
~12~0
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TONEGENERATOR
MAIN ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
Lock ReleaseName taglighting
SC101-1248A
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
22 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONConnection of the sound generator to call door phones
from the fl oor using the same loudspeaker
TC
TC5
5+(n-2)
5+(n-1)
5+n
9+n
2
5
FUNCTION
When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside is established and the conversant can start.To activate the electric lock, press the matching key.Adding the Ref. 787/1 tone generator, it is possible to use the loudspeaker of the door phone for the call from the fl oor without having to add other buzzers. The call tone differs from that sent to the push button panel making it possible to identify the source.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0252D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Tone generator Ref. 787/1
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004 C4.006 C4.007 C4.008VD.007
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 23
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONConnection of the sound generator to call door phones
from the fl oor using the same loudspeaker
SC101-0252D
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
(C4.004)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.006)
6~ ~ 12~ + -
6-J
~0 PS
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
12~~
0 PS SN
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
TONEGENERATOR
MAIN ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
Lock Release
Name taglighting
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
24 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSolution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the fl oor
The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generatorThose to the fl oor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
TC
TC7
6+(n-2)
6+(n-1)
6+n
9+n
2
7
FUNCTION
When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the Loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside is established and the conversation can start. To activate the electric lock, press the matching key. Adding the three-tone Gong kit inside each door phone and an extra power supply, the call can be made to the fl oor differentiating this from those sent by the external push button panel. The Ref. 1132/54 makes it possible to transform the normal call signal into a three-toner Gong to be sent to the loudspeaker of the door phone. This device must be powered at 12Vdc; additional power unitRef. 1090/850 may be used. For this purpose, include one additional wire in the system for the “+” terminal and another additional wire to connect to the “PS” terminal of the door phone power unit cut by the fl oor call button.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0791E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
N. X Add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Additional power unit Ref. 1090/850
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004C4.006 C4.007C4.008 VX.006VD.007
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 25
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSolution using the three-tone gong kit for differentiated call to the fl oor
The calls from the push button panel are sent with sound generatorThose to the fl oor with add-on device for call Ref. 1132/54
SC101-0791E
(C4.004)
(VX.006) (VD.007)
(VD.007)(VX.006)
(C4.006)
CH2+
CH1
CA6
-J
-6+6
~0
~12
~
~
PS
CA
126
109
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
CH2+
CH1
CA6
P1
GND
P2
Vout
0
230
CA
126
109
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
Name taglighting
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ADDITIONALPOWER UNIT
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
26 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSolution using additional differential fl oor call device Ref. 9854/53
TC
TC7
6+(n-2)
6+(n-1)
6+n
9+n
2
7
FUNCTION
When one of the keys of the push button panel located outside the building is pressed, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the Loudspeaker of the matching door phone. When the handset of the door phone called is lifted, the contact between the outside and inside is established and the conversation can start. To activate the electric lock, press the matching key. Floor calls can be differentiated from door unit calls by fi tting an additional device inside each door phone.The device must be powered either at 12Vdc or 12Vac. For powering the device at 12Vac, simply include one extra wire in the column connected to the door phone power unit terminal ~12. Use an additional dc power unit Ref. 1090/850 to power the device is powered at 12Vdc.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1070C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
N. X Add-on device for call Ref. 9854/53
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Additional power unit Ref. 1090/850
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004C4.006 C4.007C4.008 VD.007VX.006
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 27
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSolution using additional differential fl oor call device Ref. 9854/53
(C4.004)
(C4.006)
(VX.006) (VD.007)
P1
GND
P2
Vout
0
230
-J
-6+6
~0
~12
~
~
PS
CHCP+CP-
CA
126
109
CA
126
109
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
Name taglighting
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ADDITIONALPOWER UNIT
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
SC101-1070C
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
28 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone “A” can open door during call from panel
FUNCTION
This service is particularly required by professional offi ces, where a lot of people coming in and out obliges to often open the door without the use of the door phone to talk with the outside. Scheme SC101-0289 I shows the connection of one or more house phones suitable for this service in a normal outdoor system. The relay box Ref. 788/52 and the power supply Ref. 1090/850 have to be foreseen.With the switch in ON position, when the visitors calls the door phone buzzer doesn’t ring, but the relay starts and automatically opens the electric lock.The switch ON position is signaled on the door phone by GREEN LED lighting.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0289 I:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
DOOR PHONE “A” REFERENCES
N. 1 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1 + mute kit Ref. 1133/56
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Additional power unit Ref. 1090/850N. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004C4.006 C4.007C4.008 VX.006
8
4+(n-1)
4+n
8+n
9+n
2
5
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 29
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone “A” can open door during call from panel
SC101-0289 I
(C4.007)
(C4.004)
(C4.008)
(C4.006)
A
(VX.006)
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
RzR+
10CA
AP
~ ~
~ ~
12 0
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
-J
-6+6
~0
~12
~
~
PS
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6 CA S3S1
0 12~ ~
6
1
9
2
10
CA
P1 GNDP2 Vout0 230
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
MAIN ~ MAIN ~
Name taglighting
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ADDITIONALPOWER UNIT
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
TRANSFORMER RELAYBOX
MAIN ~
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
30 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor open light indicator.
Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications
FUNCTION
Possibility of cut-off. (privacy on)With an installation as per Scheme SC101-1226B, operation will be the following:With the switch in OFF position the call sent from push button panel will reach the proper door phone loudspeaker; the GREEN LED is off. With the switch in ON position the door phone is cut-off and the GREEN LED is on (the circuit between RZ and R is closed).
Possibility of main door gate checkConnect as shown in diagram for providing open door signalling function. and to equip the door with the proper contact.With said installation the RED LED of all house phones will be on when the main door gate is open.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1226B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
DOOR PHONE “A” REFERENCESMax. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 2 LEDs 1 switch Ref. 1133/20
DOOR PHONE “B” REFERENCESMax. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1Max. 7 Mute kit + led Ref. 1133/56
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Additional power unit “A” Ref. 1090/850
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 4 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 4 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004 C4.006C4.007 C4.008VX.006 VX.014
7
6+(n-1)
6+n
11+n
4
7A
B
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 31
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor open light indicator.
Possibility of cutting out calls and respective indications
SC101-1226B
(VX.014)
B
A
(VX.006)
(C4.004)
(C4.007)
(C4.006)
(C4.008)
6
CA
R
10
10
1
+AP
CA
9
2
Rz
P1
GND
P2
Vout
0
230 U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
9
+
CA
AP
Rz
26
R
1
10
~12~0
G/T~0
~12
U2
G/TU1
L
+-
1A
12
~~
~
~
12
-J
-6+6
~0
~
~
PS
~12
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
MAIN~
MAIN~
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
ADDITIONALPOWER UNIT
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ELECTRICLOCK
DOOR OPEN CONTACT
Lock Release
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
MAIN~
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
32 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
1 2
6
4
6
FUNCTION
This installation allows communication between two separate places, such as: shop-warehouse, director’s offi ce - secretary’s offi ce, etc.The calling house phones handset must be unhooked and the hook lever pressed to the bottom in order to establish the connection with the called door phone. As soon as the called door phone handset is picked up, connection is made.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0249E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) 6 - 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 33
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONES
SC101-0249E
(VX.021)
(VX.021)
6
1
2
CA
910
6
1
2
CA
910
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
MAIN~
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
34 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4
FUNCTION
To communicate with any of the other house phones, the user must press the call key corresponding to the door phone required. On lifting the handset, the user called is automatically connected to the calling door phone.The service is not secret, i.e. if the user of a third door phone lifts the handset while other two are talking, the conversation can be heard.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1272A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 4 Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1N. 8 Additional buttons (packing of 8) Ref. 1134/55 orN. 4 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1N. 8 Additional buttons (packing of 10) Ref. 1133/55
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001VX.006
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 35
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 4 DOOR PHONES
SC101-1272A
4
3
2
1
~0 12
~ ~J-+
6PS
6-
(VX.006)(C4.003)
(VX.006)(C4.003)
(VX.006)(C4.003)
(VX.006)(C4.003)
~
CA
1
26
T3
10
T2
9
G/T
G/T
G/T
T1
CA
1
26
T3
10
T2
9
G/T
G/T
G/T
T1
CA
1
26
T3
10
T2
9
G/T
G/T
G/T
T1
CA
1
26
T3
10
T2
9
G/T
G/T
G/T
T1
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
36 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
5+n
5+n
5+n
5+n
10+n
2
5+n
5+n
5+n
FUNCTION
This system is made of a main centralized door phone and of shunt phones. The main door phone can call and be called by the shunt phones.The shunt phones can only call the main phone but cannot call one another.In order to call a shunt phone, the main one must push the corresponding key; in order to call the main phone, the shunts must press the proper key.Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up to 13 shunt phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0861D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 13 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key Ref. 1133/12
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001VX.006
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 37
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONES
SC101-0861D
(VX.008)
0~ -J 6+PS
18~ ~ ~12~-
6
CA
1
26109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
CA
1
26109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
CA
1
26109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
38 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM
6
5+(n-2)
6
5+(n-1)
5+n
4
5+n
FUNCTION
This system is made of a main centralized door phone and of shunt phones. The main door phone can call and be called by the shunt phones.The shunt phones can only call the main phone but cannot call one another.In order to call a shunt phone, the main one must push the corresponding key; in order to call the main phone, the shunts must press the proper key.Using the Mod. Atlantico Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up to 12 shunt phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0863E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
MAIN DOOR PHONE REFERENCESN. 1 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key Ref. 1133/12
SHUNT DOOR PHONES REFERENCESN. 7 Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) 6 - 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 39
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 1 MAIN DOOR PHONE TO 12 SHUNT DOOR PHONES MAXIMUM
SC101-0863E
0~ -J 6+PS ~ ~-
618~12~
Mod. Atlantico
CA
1
26109
CA
1
26109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
CA
1
26109
MAIN DOOR PHONE
SHUNT DOOR PHONES
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
(VX.021)
(VX.021)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
40 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
8
8
7
12
2
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to external calls.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.Calls from the door unit are sent to the door phone speaker while calls from the other door phone are sent to the additional electronic buzzer.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1243B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1
N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.014 VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 - 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 41
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
SC101-1243B
(C4.004)
(C4.006)
(C4.003)(VX.006)(VX.021)(C4.014)
9 3 SN260~ 8 SN152-1 ~ ~+C2C1 PSPS2 4-
J7 ~12
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
MAIN~
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
Lock Release
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
42 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station Differentiated calls
8
8
6
11
2
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to calls external calls.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel with a single call key.Door phone calls ring the supplementary buzzer.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0578G:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1
N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4N. 2 Extra electronic buzzers Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system with relay Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/21N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.004C4.014VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 43
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station Differentiated calls
SC101-0578G
(C4.004)
(C4.014)
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.014)(VX.021)(VX.006)
BUZZER -/~+/~
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
BUZZER -/~+/~
9 3 SN16 ~0 8SN2 5-1 ~ ~+C1C2 PS 4-J~12 2
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
Name taglighting
MAIN~
DOOR PHONEPOWER SUPPLY
WITH RELAY BOX
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
44 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor stationDifferentiated calls
5+n
5+n
5+n
5+n
10+n
2
5+n
5+n
5+n
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to external calls.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.The various device may be called individually from the panel.Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up to 13 shunt phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0839D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 13 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key “A” Ref. 1133/12N. X Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system Ref. 786/15
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 4 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 4 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004 C4.014 VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1).
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 45
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor stationDifferentiated calls
SC101-0839D
(C4.004)
(C4.006)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
P1
P1
P1
(VX.021)(C4.014)
(VX.021)(C4.014)
(VX.021)(C4.014)
AI MODULISUCCESSIVI
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~+/~
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
9 3 SN16 0~ 8SN2 52-1 ~ ~+C2C1 PSPS2 4-J7 ~12
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
MAIN~
DOOR PHONEPOWER SUPPLYWITH RELAY
Name taglighting
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
46 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
8
8
7
212 12
2
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to calls from the external push-button panel. Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply and a separate switching relay.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1249A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1
N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4N. 2 Extra electronic buzzers Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system Ref. 786/15N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/22N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 4 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.014 C4.016 VX.006 VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 47
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Single calls from outdoor station
SC101-1249A
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.016) (C4.016)
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
(C4.006)(C4.006)
RELAY BOX
(C4.014)
(VX.021)(VX.006)
(C4.014)
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
SN1
7
101
4
~0~12
8
SN2
9
3
6
12
11C1
C213
1514
25
~12~0~ ~
+36SN2 C1~12 ~0 1 -JC2PS SN18 2 5-~~ PS2947
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
MAIN~
MAIN~
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
DOOR PHONEPOWER SUPPLY
WITH RELAY BOX
LockRelease
LockRelease
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
48 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station
8
8
8
6
211 11
2
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to calls from the external push-button panel. Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply and a separate switching relay.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel with a single call key.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1244A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1
N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4N. 2 Extra electronic buzzers Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system with relay Ref. 786/15N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/21N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 49
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF 2 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATION
Parallel calls from outdoor station
SC101-1244A
(C4.006)
(C4.016)(C4.016)
(C4.006)
(VX.006)(VX.021)
2
1
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.014)
(C4.014) (VX.014)
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
-/~+/~
T1G/T
6
12
CA
109
-/~+/~
SN1
7
101
4
~0~12
8
SN2
9
3
6
12
11C1
C213
1514
25
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
~12~0~ ~
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
+36SN2C1~12 ~0 1 -JC2PS SN18 2 5-~~ PS294 7
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Lock ReleaseLock Release
MAIN~
MAIN~
DOOR PHONEPOWER SUPPLYWITH RELAY
RELAYBOX
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)C4.001
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.014 C4.016 VX.006 VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
50 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Single calls from the push button panels
6+(n-2)
6+(n-1)
5+n
6+n
6+n
7+n 7+n
22
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to calls from 2 external push button panels.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a separate switching relay. When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up to 13 shunt phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0844E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 13 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key “A” Ref. 1133/12
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.014VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1).
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 51
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Single calls from the push button panels
SC101-0844E
(VX.021)(C4.014)
P1
P1
TO THE FOLLOWING DOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.006)(C4.006)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
G/T~0~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
-
2+
1A
1
L
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~
+/~
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~
+/~
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
-
2+
1A
1
L
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
LockRelease
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
RELAYBOX
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
52 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Parallel calls from the push button panels
6+n
6+n
6
6+n
6+n
6+n
6+n
2 2
8 8
FUNCTION
The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to calls from 2 external push button panels.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a separate switching relay. When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.From the push button panel, all the house phones are called in parallel with a single call key.Using the Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key, it is possible to call up to 13 shunt phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0866G:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
DOOR PHONE “A”N. 13 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 12 additional key Ref. 1133/12
POWER SUPPLY AND RELAY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/21N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.014VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10 (P1).
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 53
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0866G
P1
P1
(VX.021)(C4.014)
(VX.021)(C4.014)
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~
+/~
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
2+
1AL
1-
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
2+
1AL
1-
CA
1
26
109
U2
U6
U4
U3
U5
U1G/T
U8U9
U11U10
U7
U12
-/~
+/~
MAIN~
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
LockRelease
LockRelease
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
RELAYBOX
INTERCOMMUNICATING CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 13 DOOR PHONESWITH THE POSSIBILITY OF REPLY TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
Parallel calls from the push button panels
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
54 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONSTO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT
Parallel calls from door unitDifferentiated calls
8
8
5
6
FROM RISINGCOLUMN
FUNCTION
The connection example shown in the following diagram offers the possibility of adding intercom door phones in the same apartment to an existing system with door unit.The house phones carry out the intercom service and can, at the same times, reply to calls external calls.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of a reply incorporated in the power supply.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.The door unit call is sent to the supplementary electronic buzzer.The call between two door phones is sent to the speaker of both door phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0567E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1
N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4N. 2 Extra electronic buzzers Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system with relay Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box “A” Ref. 788/52N. 1 Relay box “B” Ref. 788/51
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.014VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 55
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0567E
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOMMUNICATING DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONSTO A SYSTEM WITH DOOR UNIT
Parallel calls from door unitDifferentiated calls
-/~+/~
-/~+/~
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.014)
(C4.014)
(VX.021)
CALL
473W
POWER SUPPLY
MAIN~
FROMRISINGCOLUMN
RELAYBOX “A”
RELAYBOX “B”
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
56 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSecrecy of conversation
4+(n-2)
4+(n-1)
4+n
9+n
2
5
5
FUNCTION
To assure the secrecy of conversation to all the house phones of the door phone system, a device (Ref. 1131/5 for Scaitel door phones or Ref. 1134/5 for Utopia door phones) shall be inserted in each door phone and a switch-off device Ref. 5330/60 in the push button panel.So, all the house phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing can be heard when unhooking the handset); only the called door phone can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept the call. The door phone is activated to communicate from the call up to the following call. If it is not direct to the same set the call release the door phone from the connection with the loudspeaking unit. The secrecy device offers two possibilities of electric lock opening:• NORMAL OPENING (solution A): which takes place each time the
hook lever of any door phone is pressed to the bottom;• ACTIVATED OPENING (solution B): the electric lock can be
activated only after a call, and only from the called door phone (in this case, remove the jumper from the door phone printed circuit).
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1134E:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1N. X Secrecy device Ref. 1131/5
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1145/500N. 1 Switch off privacy device Ref. 5330/60
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22AN. 1 Switch off privacy device Ref. 1155/75
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Switch off privacy device Ref. 5330/60
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.007 C4.008VX.006 VX.013
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s) (solution B only):P1 (Utopia)
VX.028
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 57
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONSecrecy of conversation
SC101-1134E
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.021)(VX.006)
(VX.006)
(VX.006)
1
9
2
10
CA
6
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
21A
L
+-
1
-6+6
~0
~18~12
-JPS
~
~
SN
1A2A
AP
2B
-/~
1B
9
PS
~12
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
SOLUTION A SOLUTION B
ELECTRIC LOCK
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEM
Lock Release
SWITCH OFFPRIVACY DEVICE
Name taglighting
MAIN~
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
58 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSimultaneous opening of two electrical locks
5
5
4+(n-1)
4+n
4+(n-2)
11+n
2
2
FUNCTION
Pressing one of the external panel buttons, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the correspondent door phone loudspeaker. When the called door phone handset is unhooked, contact is established and conversation may take place. Simply press the corresponding button to release the two electrical door locks.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0482D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Grey colour Ref. 1134/1 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico White colour Ref. 1133
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box “A” Ref. 788/52N. 1 Transformer 12Vac 30VA NNF
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
NNF= not supplied by us.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 59
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNITSimultaneous opening of two electrical locks
SC101-0482D
(C4.006 )
(C4.007 )(C4.008 )
TRANSFORMER12Vac - 30VA
N.N.F.
6
1
9
2
10
CA
S1
~122
S6
S3S4
~
~
~0~12
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
-J
-6+6
~0
~12
~
~
PS
6
1
9
2
10
CA
Name taglighting
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
Lock Release
Lock Release
MAIN~
MAIN~
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
ELECTRICLOCK 1
ELECTRICLOCK 2
RELAYBOX
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001 C4.004
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T.
C4.007 C4.008
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
60 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN
ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEMParallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
FUNCTION
The door phones have intercom features and may at the same time take calls from both the secondary panel and door phone system to which they are connected.Switching from one service to another is automatic and takes place during the call by means of reply.When the intercom service is active, nothing can be heard on the outdoor station and vice versa.La chiamata tra i citofoni è inviata all’altoparlante dei citofoni.La chiamata dal portiere elettrico è inviata sul ronzatore elettronico supplementare (Buzzer) di entrambe i citofoni.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0735D:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 2 Door phone Mod. Utopia with 1 key Ref. 1134/1 orN. 2 Door phone Mod. Atlantico with 1 key Ref. 1133/1
N. 2 Diodes (packing of 10) Ref. 1131/4N. 2 Extra electronic buzzers Ref. 9854/52
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system with relay Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box “1” Ref. 788/58N. 1 Relay box “2” Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/21N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.004C4.014VX.006
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
8
8
6
6
11
2
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1a−−−− 61
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF TWO INTERCOM DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM ONE SECONDARY DOOR UNIT EXTENSION OF AN
ELECTRICAL DOOR UNIT SYSTEMParallel calls from outdoor station
Differentiated calls
SC101-0735D
-/~+/~
-/~+/~
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.014)
(C4.006)
(C4.014)
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
POWER SUPPLY
MAIN~
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
Name taglighting
FROM RISINGCOLUMN
call
RELAY BOX(1)
RELAY BOX(2)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
62 −−−− sec.1a
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
sec.1b−−−− 1
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR1+1 WIRE ELECTRONICDOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1B(REV.D)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
I −−−− sec.1b
SECTION 1B CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1B
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Diagram Sec. Pag.BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 1+1 WIRE ELECTRONIC DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1135F ...............1b ................2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura) .......................................................................................................SC101-0932C ...............1b ................4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1210B ...............1b ................6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura) ....................................................................................................... SC101-0937B ...............1b ................8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) .................................................................................................................SC101-1218C ...............1b ............. 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONSEach group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel) ................................................................................................................. SC101-1241B ...............1b ............. 12
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone can open door during call from panel ...........................................................................................SC101-1327 ...............1b ............. 14
RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIMEa) 725 or Domus Aura door unit b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit...................................................................................................................... SC101-1269A ...............1b ............. 16
sec.1b −−−− II
SECTION 1B CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1B
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
1 + 1 DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Panel model
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
Connection of a supplementary electrical lock
Possibility of opening door while calling from the panel
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION PAG
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION WITH SECRECYOF CONVERSATION 2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONES TO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONSEach group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECYOF CONVERSATION 6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECYOF CONVERSATION 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION WITH SECRECYOF CONVERSATION 4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONS WITH SECRECYOF CONVERSATION 8
RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIMEa) 725 or Domus Aura door unit b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit 16
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone can open door during call from panel
DIAGRAM
SC101-1135F
SC101-1241B
SC101-1210B
SC101-1218C
SC101-0932C
SC101-0937B
SC101-1269A
SC101-1327 14
Sinthesior
K-Steel
725 orDomus Aura
Generic
K = number of columns with panel
1
1
2
4
0
K
0
0
1
2
0
0
√-- --
√-- --
2 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
1+(n-2)
1+(n-1)
1+n
1+n
2
2
2
2
FUNCTION
1+1 wire system allows to obtain the service of a standard outdoor set installation with conversation, call, electric lock opening, with only 2 wires in the rising column: 1 common + 1 single for each door phone.The outdoor set is fed, with two wires only, by a 12V a.c. voltage transformer. To assure secrecy to all the door phones, special devices for secrecy of conversation are inserted into the push button panel (one for each key).So, all the door phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing can be heard when picking up the handset); only the called door phone can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept the call. The called house is qualifi ed to talk until another call is made from the push button panel to other door phone.The electric lock opening depends from the circuit of secrecy of conversation (the lock cannot be operated unless the door phone has been called).
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1135F:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper C1 with U1.
C4.007C4.008VX.006VX.014
sec.1b−−−− 3
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
(C4.008)
Amplifiedloudspeakingunit
(C4.007)
(VX.006)
(C4.006)G/T
C2
1
4
U1
2
F
~
PS
1/~
C1
SN3
5~0
G/T
~12
~12~0
CA1
2
1
CA1
2
1
~0~12
~
~
~0~12
~
~
~0~12G/T
G/T~0
~12
1 4
1
C2
4
C1
U3U4
U1
C3U2
C4
COLUMN
BUTTON MODULE
To the followingmodule
To the followingconversation
privacydevice
CONVERSATIONPRIVACYDEVICE
TRANSFORMER
Lock Release
MAIN~
MAIN~
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
SC101-1135F
4 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
FUNCTION
1+1 wire system allows to obtain the service of a standard outdoor set installation with conversation, call, electric lock opening, with only 2 wires in the rising column: 1 common + 1 single for each door phone.The outdoor set is fed, with two wires only, by a 12V a.c. voltage transformer. To assure secrecy to all the door phones, special devices for secrecy of conversation are inserted into the push button panel (one for each key).So, all the door phones will be cut off from any conversation (nothing can be heard when picking up the handset); only the called door phone can start a conversation with the caller, no other being able to intercept the call. The called house is qualifi ed to talk until another call is made from the push button panel to other door phone.The electric lock opening depends from the circuit of secrecy of conversation (the lock cannot be operated unless the door phone has been called).
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0932C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
725 modelN. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1035/25
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
Domus Aura model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 1110N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1110/74
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels Domus Aura” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002VX.006VX.014
1+(n-2)
1+(n-1)
1+n
1+n
2
2
2
2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
sec.1b−−−− 5
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
SC101-0932C
(VX.006)
(VX.014)
(C1.002)
COLUMN
CA1
2
1
~
~
~0~12
~
~
~0~12
4 41 14114
PS4
5
SN
~2
3
1/~
CA1
2
1
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
TRANSFORMER
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
PANEL FOR AMPLIFIEDLOUDSPEAKING UNIT
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
6 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
1+(n-2)
1+(n-1)
1+n
7+n6+n
2 2
2
2
FUNCTION
The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems in which a door phone riser is to be connected to two entrances each with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit.Adding a specifi c relay device, a person can press a key of one of the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called, on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push button panel excluding the other service.Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from two outdoor stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative.to guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the system, the specifi c secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted inside only one of the two push button panels. Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button panel from which the call has been made.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1210B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 2 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper C1 with U1.
C4.007C4.008VX.006VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) PS – G/Tb) 4 – F
sec.1b−−−− 7
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
SC101-1210B
(C4.007)
(C4.006)
(C4.008)
(VX.021)
(C4.008)
(C4.006)(VX.021)
(C4.007)
(VX.006)
N.2 TRANSFORMER
LIGHT BULB
(VX.014)
TRANSFORMER
AB
CA1
1
2
CA1
1
2
1110C2 C1
~12~0
3813
1
SN1SN2
25
157
1214
6 4
9
~12 ~0~ ~
~12 ~0~ ~
~12~0 ~~
3
C1
2
PS
1/~1
~
4
C2
U1
F
5
SN
G/TG/T
~12
~0~12~0
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
~0~12
3
C1
2
PS
1/~1
~
4
C2
U1
F
5
SN
G/T G/T
~12
~0~12~0
1 4
1
C2
4
C1
C3C4 ~12
G/T
G/T~0
~12~0U3
U2
U4
U1
COLUMN
MAIN ~
MAIN ~ MAIN ~
To nextconversation
privacy devices
CONVERSATIONPRIVACYDEVICES
To the followingmodule
To the followingmodule
BUTTON MODULE BUTTON MODULE
Name taglighting
Name taglighting Name tag
lighting
ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK
LockRelease
LockRelease
DOOR UNIT DOOR UNITRELAYBOX
8 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
1+(n-2)
1+(n-1)
1+n
7+n6+n
2 2
2
2
FUNCTION
The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems in which a door phone riser is to be connected to two entrances each with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit.Adding a specifi c relay device, a person can press a key of one of the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called, on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push button panel excluding the other service.Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from two outdoor stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative.to guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the system, the specifi c secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted inside only one of the two push button panels. Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button panel from which the call has been made.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0937B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. X Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
725 modelN. 2 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1035/25
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
Domus Aura model N. 2 Panels with N buttons Mod. 1110N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1110/74
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels Domus Aura” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002VX.006VX.014
sec.1b−−−− 9
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
COLUMN
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
(VX.006)
4PSSN
1/~3
2~
5
P.E.
11 44
~
~
~12~0
CA1
2
1
107
83SN2
C26
9
41
2C1
1112
SN1
~0~125
~~~12~0
~ ~ ~ ~012
11 44
P.E.
SN
1/~
4
2
PS
~
35
CA1
2
1
ELECTRIC LOCK
LockRelease
ELECTRIC LOCK
LockRelease
MAIN ~MAIN ~
N.2 TRANSFORMERS
MAIN ~
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
RELAYBOX
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO TWO OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
SC101-0937B
10 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
1+(n-2)
1+(n-1)
1+n
8+n8+n
9+n8+n
2
2
FUNCTION
The 1+1 wire door phone system makes it possible to set up systems in which a door phone riser is to be connected to four entrances each with 1 push button panel with related loudspeaking unit.Adding a specifi c relay device, a person can press a key of one of the two push button panels so that the user of the door phone called, on lifting the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push button panel excluding the other service.Therefore in this system, it is not possible to speak from four outdoor stations at the same time in that functioning of these is alternative.To guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the system, the specifi c secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted inside only one of the two push button panels. Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button panel from which the call has been made.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1218C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 4 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/54
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 4 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 4 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper C1 with U1.
C4.007C4.008VX.006VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) PS – G/Tb) 4 – F
sec.1b−−−− 11
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO FOUR OUTDOOR STATIONSWITH SECRECY OF CONVERSATION
(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
SC101-1218C
(C4.006)(VX.021)
(C4.007)
(VX.006)
COLUMN
(C4.008)
(C4.006)(VX.021)(VX.021)
(C4.006)
"D"
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.008)
(C4.007)
(VX.021)(C4.006)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
"A""B"
"C"
TRANSFORMERLIGHT BULB
(VX.014)
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
~ ~12~0~ ~~0~12 ~
3
C1
2
11/~
~
C2
U1
SN
G/T G/T
~12
~0~12~0
4
F
5
PS
1 4
1
C2
4
C1
C3C4 ~12
G/T
G/T~0
~12~0U3
U2
U4
U1
~0~12G/T
G/T~0
~12U1U2U3U4
RETE ~
CA1
1
2
3
C1
2
11/~
~
C2
U1
SN
G/T G/T
~12
~0~12~0
4
F
5
PS
CA1
1
2
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
~0~12
~ ~0 ~12~
3
C1
2
11/~
~
C2
U1
F
SN
G/TG/T
~12
~0~12~0
54PS
~ ~12 ~0~
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
~0~12
~~12~0 ~
V5V3
C
SE2-6+6R1
V3SN3
C3+TC
D
621R2R1 9
+TCC4
SE2
V3
-6+6R1
SN4
6+ +
SE TC 0~~
A B~~
12 R1 6-R2AP
+TCC1
SE2
A V3
-6+6R1
SN1 B
+6R1
V3SN2
SE2-6
C2+TC
1~0~12
~0~12
1
V5V5
1
~12~0
V5~12V5
~01
3
C1
2
11/~
~
C2
U1
F
SN
G/TG/T
~12
~0~12~0
54PS
RELAYBOX
COLUMN
VOLTAGE
INPUT INPUT
INPUT INPUT
To the followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
To the followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
To the followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
To the followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
DOOR UNIT
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
TRANSFORMER
ELECTRIC LOCK
DOOR UNIT
ELECTRIC LOCK
DOOR UNITDOOR UNIT
ELECTRIC LOCKELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LockRelease
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
LockRelease
LockRelease
LockRelease
To the followingconversation
privacy devices
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICES
12 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONESTO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS
Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
1+(n-2)
1+(n-1)
1+n
9+n 3+n 9+n3+n
2
2
1+(n-2)
2+(K-2)+n+n...
8+K+n+n...
2 2
2
1+(n-1)
1+n
2
2
K= quantity of columns
FUNCTION
It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common one at the main entrance. During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by means of a switching relay.Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can therefore take place at the same time.When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor stations.To guarantee secrecy of conversation of all the door phones in the system, the specifi c secrecy circuits (one for each button) are inserted inside only one of the two push button panels. Release of the electric lock is also enabled by the secrecy circuit. This means that a user cannot release the lock unless he/she has been called and can open only the lock corresponding to the push button panel from which the call has been made.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1241B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phones Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K+1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. Y Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K+1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C1.002C4.007C4.008VX.006VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) 4 – F
sec.1b−−−− 13
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMN OF DOOR PHONESTO COMMON OUTDOOR STATIONS
Each group in also connected to its own secondary outdoor station(Panels Mod. Sinthesi or K-Steel)
SC101-1241B
1/~
C1 1
(VX.006)
(VX.014)
(VX.014)
(C4.008)
(C4.008)
C1
(VX.021)
(C4.007)
(C4.007)
(VX.021)
(C4.017)
(C4.017)
1/~
1
G/T
G/T~12~0
~12
U2~0
U3U4
U1
U2U3
~12 U4G/T
~0U1~12
G/T
~0
G/T
G/T~12~0
~12
U2~0
U3U4
U1
~ ~ ~12
~0
C267
18
4
~0
311 9
1214
5
10
C1
~12
15SN2
SN12
13
U3U4
U1U2
~0~12G/T
G/TC1C2C3C4
~0~12
4
4
1
1
U2U3
~12 U4G/T
~0U1~12
G/T
~0
~~~ ~12
G/T
G/T~12~0
~12
U2~0
U3U4
U1
CA1
1
2
C1C2
PS
~2
11/~
3
4F
5SN
CA1
1
2
5
F3SN1/~1~2
C1C2
4PS
~~~12
~0
U3U4
U1U2
~0~12G/T
G/TC1C2C3C4
~0~12
4
4
1
1
U2U3
~12 U4G/T
~0U1~12
G/T
~0
~ ~ ~ ~12
1ST COLUMN 2ND COLUMN
To the followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
To the followingconversation
privacy devices
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICES
DOOR UNIT
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
LockRelease
LockRelease
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
RELAYBOX
MAIN ~
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
To relay
CONNECTIONAS 1ST GROUP
SECONDARYENTRYTo the
followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
TO THE FOLLOWING
GROUP
Calls
Common
MAIN ENTRY
DOOR UNIT
14 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone can open door during call from panel
FUNCTION
This service is particularly required by professional offi ces, where a lot of people coming in and out obliges to often open the door without the use of the door phone to talk with the outside. Diagram SC101-1327 shows the connection of a door phone to a normal 1+1 wire electrical door phone system. Equip the system with a relay Ref. 788/22, a power unit Ref. 1090/850 and a timed relay Ref.1032/81.The concerned door phone will energise the door phone which will in turn release the electrical lock when the switch (not supplied by us) is positioned during the call step.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1327:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/35 orN. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133/35A
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/22N. 1 Timer Ref. 1032/81
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.023
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) AMCR
1+n
1+n
2
1+n
FROM RISINGCOLUMN
sec.1b−−−− 15
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF 1 DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONDoor phone can open door during call from panel
SC101-1327
(C4.023)(VX.021)
-/~SE2
+24+12/~-/~
NC
APNOC
2
1
~0
230
~12
0
NC
CH-CH+
0LNA
+L+
C
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
MAIN~
TRANSFORMER
TIMER TOELECTRIC LOCK
RELAYBOX
FROM RISINGCOLUMN
SINGLECALLS
COMMON
SWITCHN.N.F.
16 −−−− sec.1b
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
RELEASE OF TWO ELECTRICAL LOCKS AT THE SAME TIMEa) 725 or Domus Aura door unit b) Sinthesi or K-Steel door unit
SC101-1269A
~12
CA2
S3S1
~0S2
~12 ~0 ~~~12~0
3SN
2
1/~~
4
F
1
PS
~0
~12
5
1/~
PS
54
SN
3
2~ ~12
CA2
S3S1
~0S2
~12~0~ ~ ~12 ~0 ~~
Example "A"
Example "B"
MAIN~ MAIN~
MAIN~ MAIN~
Lock Release
SupplementaryLock Release
Lock Release
SupplementaryLock Release
RELAYRef.788/52
RELAYRef.788/52
ELECTRIC LOCK
SUPPLEMENTARYELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
SUPPLEMENTARYELECTRIC LOCK
TRANSFORMERRef.9000/230
SUPPLEMENTARYTRANSFORMERRef.9000/230
TRANSFORMERRef.9000/230
SUPPLEMENTARYTRANSFORMERRef.9000/230
~ ~
sec.1c −−−− 1
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR TRADITIONAL CALL
DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1C(REV.C)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
I −−−− sec.1c
SECTION 1C CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1C
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Diagram Sec. Pag.BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR TRADITIONAL CALL DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION ................................................................ SC101-1247A .............. 1c ................2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS ............................................ SC101-0440B .............. 1c ................4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS...................................SC101-0441C .............. 1c ................6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own outdoor station ............................................................................ SC101-0461B .............. 1c ................8
sec.1c −−−− II
SECTION 1C CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1C
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
TRADITIONAL CALL DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main panels to be installed
Number of secondary panels to be installed
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION PAG
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION 2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAIN OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own outdoor station 8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS 4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS 6
DIAGRAM
SC101-1247A
SC101-0461B
SC101-0440B
SC101-0441C
K = number of columns with panelNOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
1
1
2
4
0
K
0
0
2 −−−− sec.1c
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
5
5
4+(n-2)
4+(n-1)
4+n
9+n
2
FUNCTION
This is certainly the most common type of door phone system.Press a button on the panel outside the building door to make the buzzer of the corresponding door phone ring. Lift the handset of the called door phone to establish a conversation with the door unit.Simply fully press the handset hook to operate the electrical door lock.Using the door phone Ref. 1130/55 must press the button no the handset to estabilish a conversation with the door unit; simply picking up the handset is not suffi cient.The advantage is that any handsets left accidentally off-hook do not interfer with the optimal operation of the other door phones.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-1247A:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. 1130 Ivory colour Ref. 1130 White colour Ref. 1130/50 orN. X Door phones Mod. 1130 with insertion key White colour Ref. 1130/55
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.004C4.007C4.008VX.014
sec.1c −−−− 3
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATION
SC101-1247A
COLUMN
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.004)
(VX.014)
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
~
~
~12~0
21
6
98
1011
7
-
1A
12
L
+
~12~0
G/T~0
~12
U2
G/TU1PS
-6
~
~18
+6
~0
~12
-J
~
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
21
6
98
1011
7
MAIN ~
MAIN ~
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
4 −−−− sec.1c
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
5
5
4+(n-2)
4+(n-1)
4+n
7+n 7+n
2 2
FUNCTION
This type of installation solves the problem to connect a series of door phones of a building with 2 entrances each one equipped with a push button panel.This solution permits, by simply pushing a button from one of the 2 push button panels, to connect automatically the user to the calling push button panels unhooking the handset. This type of installation does not allow to talk from both outdoor stations simultaneously, since they work alternatively.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0440B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. 1130 Ivory colour Ref. 1130 White colour Ref. 1130/50
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 2 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 2 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.007C4.008VX.014
sec.1c −−−− 5
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 2 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-0440B
COLUMN
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(VX.014)
13
SN1
14
10
7
1C2C~
12
~
6
8
SN2
0
9
1
5 2
14
3
15
112
-
1A
12
L
+
~12~0
G/T~0
~12
U2
G/TU1
21
6
98
1011
7
-
1A
12
L
+
G/T~0
G/T~12
~0
U2U1
~12
-6
~ ~ +0 621 J
- PS~ ~~0
~21
~ ~
~0~12
U4
U2U1
~12 U3
G/T~0
G/T
21
6
98
1011
7
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
RELAYBOX
Lock Release
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
MAIN ~ MAIN ~
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
6 −−−− sec.1c
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
5+n
6
5+(n-1)
6
5+(n-2)
22
7+n 7+n
22
7+n 7+n
FUNCTION
This installation allows connection of a series of door phone to 3 or 4 push button panels.By simply pushing a button on one of the 4 panels, the called door phone, picking up the handset, is automatically connected with the calling push button panel.It is not possible to talk from the outdoor stations simultaneously, since they work alternatively.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0441C:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. 1130 Ivory colour Ref. 1130 White colour Ref. 1130/50
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/58
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 4 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 4 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 4 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 4 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 4 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.007C4.008VX.014
sec.1c −−−− 7
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL DOOR PHONES TO 3 OR 4 OUTDOOR STATIONS
SC101-0441B
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
POWER SUPPLYFOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEMLIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
21
6
98
1011
7
L
+
2-
1
1A
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
~0
~21
~ ~
21
6
98
1011
7
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
1
1A
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
L
+
2-
1
1A
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
IIIIII1
2
SN3
IIIAP
12
IIII
21
SN2
IIAP
III-
- II
1C 2C0-~ ~
21
IV12
IV
SN4
AP IV
II12
SN1
AP I
- IV
I-
PA
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
G/T~0~12
~0~12 U2
U1G/T
U3U4
~
~0
-6
PS
-J
~12+6
~18
~
L
+
2-
1
1A
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
TO THE FOLLOWINGDOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
MAIN~MAIN~
LockRelease
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LockRelease
LockRelease
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
LockRelease
RELAYBOX
8 −−−− sec.1c
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
K= quantity of columns
4+n 4+n
4+(n-1) 4+(n-1)
5 5
5 5
4+(n-2) 4+(n-2)
69+n 5+n 9+n5+n5+K+n
8+K+n+n...
2
2
2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAINOUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station
FUNCTION
It is the ideal solution for residential centers where the single villas have to be connected to both their own outdoor stations and a common one at the main entrance.During the call the concerned door phone is automatically switched to the common outdoor station or to the one of the group it belongs to, by means of a switching relay. Services towards secondary outdoor stations are independent and can therefore take place at the same time.When the call comes from the common outdoor station, only the group the called door phone belongs to is switched to it, the others being able to carry on the normal service with their own secondary outdoor stations.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SC101-0461B:
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phones Mod. 1130 Ivory colour Ref. 1130 White colour Ref. 1130/50
POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR PHONE SYSTEM REFERENCES
N. K+1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51N. K Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi model N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel model N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K+1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. K+1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. K+1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. K+1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.001C4.007C4.008
sec.1c −−−− 9
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SC101-0461B
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLUMNS OF DOOR PHONES TO 1 MAINOUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own outdoor station
2nd COLUMN1st COLUMN
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
SN1
41
-67
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
SN1
7
14-6
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
+1A
L12-
G/T~0~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
21
6
98
1011
7
21
6
98
1011
7
~ ~0 -6 +6~12~
S2C6~0
~12S3S12CA
G/T~0~12
~0~12U2
U1G/T
U3U4
L
+
2-
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
U2
1
1A
~-6 ~0~12 +6 ~ ~0
~21
~ ~
3
SN2
8 25
6
~
13
0
915
1
SN1
4
147
101112
~21CC 21
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
RELAYBOX
Lock Release
LockRelease
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
MAIN ~
MAIN ~MAIN ~
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
CONNECTION AS1ST GROUP
CALLREPEATER RELAY
TO
TH
E F
OLL
OW
ING
C
OLU
MN
Calls
Common
10 −−−− sec.1c
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 1DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BASIC DIAGRAMSFOR COAX ELECTRONIC
VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
SECTION 1D(REV.C)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1D
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Diagram Sec. Pag.BASIC DIAGRAMSFOR COAX ELECTRONIC VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT .......................................... SV102-3146D ..............1d ................2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION ...................... SV102-2631E ..............1d ................4
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONConnection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only ............................................... SV102-1609E ..............1d ................6
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONThe video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phonesin parallel with concurrent power-on............................................................................................................... SV102-2066D ..............1d ................8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONEQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERAPossibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera........................................... SV102-3118C ..............1d ............. 10
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONPossibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera................................................................... SV102-3119A ..............1d ............. 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS.................... SV102-2892D ..............1d ............. 14
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPSTO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT ............................................................................................. SV102-2934C ..............1d ............. 16
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS.................... SV102-3078B ..............1d ............. 18
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station ....................................................... SV102-3079A ..............1d ............. 20
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach columns is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station.......................................................... SV102-2935E ..............1d ............. 22
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from outside with concurrent power-on ......................................................................................... SV102-2970D ..............1d ............. 24
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM ATLANTICO VIDEO DOOR PHONESWITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from the outside with concurrent power-on ................................................................................... SV102-2972D ..............1d ............. 26
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSThe video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on ........................ SV102-3257A ..............1d ............. 28
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE................ SV102-1469D ..............1d ............. 30
CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE.................................... SV102-1574C ..............1d ............. 30
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE............... SV102-0782D ..............1d ............. 31
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLELTO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNITThe video door phones are called at the same time....................................................................................... SV102-2132E ..............1d ............. 32
CORRISPONDENCE OF TERMINALS BETWEENScaitel AND Sentry+ OR Atlantico VIDEODOORPHONE.............................................................................. SV102-1977A ..............1d ............. 32
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONSTO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from outside with concurrent power-on ......................................................................................... SV102-1349E ..............1d ............. 34
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNITDistance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 1000 metres .................. SV102-1241D ..............1d ............. 36
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION.... SV102-3063A ..............1d ............. 38
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT Door open indicator on video door phones..................................................................................................... SV102-3228A ..............1d ............. 40
I −−−− sec.1d
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1D
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT ..........................................................................................SV102-3227 ..............1d ............. 42
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT Each column is additionally connected to a specifi c secondary door unit ........................................................SV102-3235 ..............1d ............. 44
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT...........................................................SV102-3219 ..............1d ............. 46
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from outside with concurrent power-on ............................................................................................SV102-3220 ..............1d ............. 48
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ..........................................................................................SV102-3294 ..............1d ............. 50
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ..........................................................................................SV102-3295 ..............1d ............. 51
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION ....................................................................................... SV102-3296A ..............1d ............. 52
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TVCC CAMERE OR MICROCAMERA ......................................................... SV102-3229A ..............1d ............. 53
sec.1d −−−− II
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1D
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
COAX VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
WITH BLACK AND WHITE CAMERA
Use of kits
4
6
22
20
14
28
16
12
8
24
26
18
31
32
36
SV102-2631E
SV102-1609E
SV102-2935E
SV102-3079A
SV102-2892D
30SV102-1574C
30SV102-1469D
SV102-3257A
SV102-2934C
SV102-3119A
SV102-2066D
SV102-2970D
SV102-2972D
SV102-3078B
SV102-0782D
SV102-2132E
34SV102-1349E
SV102-1241D
SV102-3118C 10
1
2
4
0 00 √COLLEGAMENTO DI MAX 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO 2SV102-3146D0 00 √ √
0 00 √
0 00 √
√
√√
0 00
0 00
√ √√
√ √
√
0 00
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
0 00
0 K0 √
0 01 √
0 00 √ √
0 00
0 00
√
0 00 √
K 00 √
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main video door phone panels to be installed
Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed
Number of main door phone panels to be installed
Number of secondary door phone panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Auto-on: users can switch the video door phone on also if no call is received
Monitor with CCTV cameras
Use of some door phones for audio service only
Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone
Distance between video door phones and video door unit from 300 to 1000 metres
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION PAGDIAGRAM
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 VIDEOOUTDOOR STATION. Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONEQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERAPossibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONPossibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONThe video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from outside with concurrent power-on
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONESWITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from the outside with concurrent power-on
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNITDistance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to 1000 metres
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach columns is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPSTO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSThe video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent power-on
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLELTO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNITThe video door phones are called at the same time
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONSTO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from outside with concurrent power-on
CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTOTHE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
K = number of columns with panel NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
III −−−− sec.1d
SECTION 1D CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1D
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
WITH COLOUR CAMERA
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Number of main video door phone panels to be installed
Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed
Number of main door phone panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment
Intercom function: users can communicate with each other
Auto-on: users can switch the video door phone on also if no call is received
Monitor with CCTV cameras
Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone
Use of free-hands Utopia video door phone
Door open indicator on video door phone
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION PAG
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
38
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT Door open indicator on video door phones 40
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT 42
CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE 30
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLEL TO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 31
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 OUTDOOR STATIONEQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERAPossibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera 10
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONPossibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera 12
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSingle call from outside with concurrent power-on 48
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNITEach column is additionally connected to a specific secondary door unit 44
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE 30
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITYOF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
DIAGRAM
SV102-3063A
SV102-3228A
SV102-3227
SV102-1574C
SV102-0782D
SV102-3118C
SV102-3119A
SV102-3220
SV102-3235
SV102-1469D
SV102-3219 46
1
0 0 √
0 0 √√
0 0 √
0 0 √ √
√
√
0 0 √ √ √ √
√√
√√
√
√
K = number of columns with panel NOTE: The diagrams shown in this table can be made using Sinthesi, K-Steel, 725 panel models.
0 0
√ √0 K
√ √1 0
sec.1d −−−− IV
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
2 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
8+coax
10+coax
2
7+coax
7+coax
TC
FUNCTION
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen. At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes, unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock can be operated by pressing the key ( ).Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the fi rst video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3146D:
“COAX” VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) with Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/611 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/81 • 1 Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/90 • 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51 • Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B or N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) with Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/621 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/81 • 1 Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/90 • 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51 • Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B orN. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) with Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/612 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/82 • 2 Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/90 • 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51 • Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B or N. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) with Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/622 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/82 • 2 Artico video door phones Ref. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/90 • 1 fl ush mounting box for 1 module Ref. 1145/51 • Module holder with frame for 1 module Ref. 1145/61 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
VX.003
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 3DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF MAX. 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
SV102-3146D
230
0
PS
AP
+6-6~0
SE2
R1R2
1/~+R
SE1
~12
R2
+TCR1
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
TC
+
1A2-
L
1
U1G/T
U2
V5V3
R1+TC
~12
~0
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
For two-familykits only
CAMERA UNITWITH DOOR UNITAND BUTTONS
MAIN~
Lock Release
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
ELECTRIC LOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
4 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
6+(n-2)+coax
6+n+coax
9+n+coax
6+(n-1)+coax
2
7+coax
7+coax
TC
FUNCTION
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen. At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes, unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock can be operated by pressing the key ( ).Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the fi rst video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2631E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 5DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
SV102-2631E
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
(VX.014)
(VX.010)(VX.011)
(VD.002)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
ER1R2
U2
U1
~0~12
~
~
R1R1
+TC
R2
PS
AP
+6-6~0
SE1
~12
SE2
~
~
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
+TC
+
R1
1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
TC
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
LINE ~
Lock Release
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
MAIN ~LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 VX.003VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
6 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only
FUNCTION
This system has the same operation features as the basic system (Scheme SV102-2631) with the possibility to add simple house phones onto the same riser with phonic service only.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-1609E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. X Door phone Mod. Utopia Ref. 1134/1N. X Door phone Mod. Atlantico Ref. 1133
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
6+(n-4)+coax
6+n+coax
11+n+coax
6+(n-3)+coax
2
5
5
6+(n-2)+coax
6+(n-1)+coax
7+coax
7+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 7DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-1609E
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
(VX.014)LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VD.002)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.010)(VX.011)
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
ER1R2
U2
U1
~0~12
~
~MAIN~
R1R1
+TC
R2
PS
AP
+6-6~0
SE1
~12
SE2
~
~
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
6
1
9
2
10
CA
6
1
9
2
10
CA
+TC
+
R1
1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
TC
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
TO THE FOLLOWINGVIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO THEFOLLOWINGMODULES
LINE~
ELECTRIC LOCK
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
Lock Release
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES AND HOUSE PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Connection in the riser of a number of house phones with voice service only
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
VX.003 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
8 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where it is necessary to call and activate 4 video door phones concurrently using a single call key.As the video power supply can power only one video door phone, video door phones 2, 3 and 4 must be powered with a local power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2066D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. 4 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. 4 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. 4 Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. 4 Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Power supply (2) Ref. 789/3N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4AN. 1 Power supply (1) Ref. 789/2
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONThe video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones
in parallel with concurrent power-on
12+coax
10+coax
7+coax
2
7+coax
7+coax
7+coax
9+coax
8+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 9DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONThe video outdoor station calls the 4 video door phones
in parallel with concurrent power-on
SV102-2066D
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
3
4
ADDITIONAL POWERSUPPLY UNIT (2)
ADDITIONAL POWERSUPPLY UNIT (1)
(VX.007)
(VD.002)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.006)
2
1
(VX.025)
+6-6~0
R1
R1R2
+TC
R2
AP
1/~
~12
SE1+R
SE2
~
~
PS
SE3
R1R2
RT
V4V5V3
CA
1
10
69
2
R3Y2Y1X2X1
R1R2
RT
V4V5V3
CA
1
10
69
2
R3Y2Y1X2X1
TC
R1R2
RT
V4V5V3
CA
1
10
69
2
R3Y2Y1X2X1
in
RL
R1R2
R2 outR1
~
~
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T ~12
~0~12
G/T~0
~0~12
V5
+TCR1
V3
U2 U1
E
R2R1
R1RT
R2
V4V5V3
CA
1
10
69
2
R3Y2Y1X2X1
in
RL
R1R2
~
R2 outR1
~
LINE~
LINE~
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYVIDEO
DISTRIBUTOR
LINE~
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
Name taglighting
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
VX.003 VX.008 VX.023 VX.025
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
10 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 OUTDOOR STATION EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
FUNCTION
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen. At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes, unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock can be operated by pressing the key . Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the fi rst video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This feature guarantees secrecy of vision. Press button on the video door phone to switch on the camera also without having received a call.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3118C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
BLACK/WHITE
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
COLOUR
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/40N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Utopia modelN. X Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1704/90
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 modelN. 1 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/52N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008VX.003 VX.008VX.010 VX.011VX.012 VX.014
7+n+coax
9
2
2+coax
7+(n-1)+coax
8
8
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 11DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 OUTDOOR STATION EQUIPPED WITH A SEPARATE CCD TV CAMERA
Possibility of automatic connection by the video door phones to the TV camera
SV102-3118C
(VX.008)
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
(VX.011)
(C4.006)
(VX.012)
(VX.010)
LINE ~
(C4.008)(C4.007)
SEE DIAGRAMSV102-3229pag.51
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
(R1)(+TC)
Coax
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
-
1
L
+
1A2
MAIN ~
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
RELAYBOX
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
12 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONPossibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable in one-family villas. The video door phone, besides being connected to a TV camera unit, can self-insert on a secondary control TV camera by pressing the service button .An internal closed TV circuit system is thus made, which allows the control of a room (i.e. children’s room) and the outside entrance at any time.The secondary TV camera is turned on for about a minute, after which it automatically turns off. In any case, a call from the video outdoor station automatically switches the video door phone to the external TV camera unit thus excluding the second TV camera; in order to reset the latter, it is suffi cient to press the service key when the conversation with the video outdoor station is over.With the other service key it is possible to self-insert also on the video outdoor station.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3119A: VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
BLACK/WHITE
Atlantico modelN. 1 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
COLOUR
Atlantico modelN. 1 Video door phones Ref. 1702/40N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Utopia modelN. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1704/90
or
Utopia free-hands modelN. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/2N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1704/91
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
BLACK/WHITE
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
COLOUR
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/41
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Relay Ref. 788/51
9+coax
12+coax
2
2+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 13DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONPossibility of automatic activation of a second control tv camera
SV102-3119A
(VX.014)
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
TRANSFORMER
SEE DIAGRAMSV102-3229pag.51
~0~12G/T
U1
L
1A2
1
+-
~
~0~12
~
~
R1
R1
SE2
PS
SE1
+6-6
R2
AP
~12
+R
~0
+TC
R21/~SE3
~
6
1
~12
3
2
8
12
10
C2
C195
4
713
SN2SN114
15
~0
11
1
X1
Y2
X2
CA
962
R3
10
Y1
V4V5V3
R1R2
Coax (R1)(+TC)
R1+TCV5V3
~12~0
MAIN ~
(VD.002)
TC
LINE ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
Lock Release
RELAY
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
VX.003 VX.008 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
14 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching.When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 8 seconds.During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor station from the service.At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is activated pressing the key .If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are mutually exclusive.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2892D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 2 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 2 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 2 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 2 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 2 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
6+coax+(n)
11+n+coax
6+coax+(n-2)
2
7+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+coax+(n-1)
TC
11+n+coax
2
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 15DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
SV102-2892D
(C4.006)
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.016)
(VD.002)(VD.002)
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.016)
(C4.006)
(VX.008)
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
(VX.010)(VX.011)
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
+1
L
~12~0
1A2-
R1+TC
V3V5
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U2
ER1R2
+1
L
~12~0
1A2-
R1+TC
V3V5
LINE~
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
11 145
41315
6
SN2 SN1
C2
C1
8
3
12
1
10
79
~0~12
2
+6
-AP0
~ PSR1 R2 SE R1~ ~6
+1 12
~2SE
TC
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
TC TC
(VX.014)
~0~12
~
~MAIN~
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
RELAYBOX
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002VX.003 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
16 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to an automatically switching video door unit or door unit.A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven seconds if the call was made by the video door unit.The video door phone will not light up and the video door phone will work as a normal door phone if the call is made from thcamera unit and panel. Press at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical lock only.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2934C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
6+coax+(n)
9+n
6+coax+(n-2)7+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+coax+(n-1)
11+n+coax
TC
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 modelN. 1 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 17DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE GROUPS TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
SV102-2934C
(VX.010)(VX.011)
(C4.016)
(C4.006)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.016)
(C4.006)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VD.002)
R1 ++- SEAP012
R2 PS~~6 6
~ ~2 TC
SE1
R1
145
41315
6
SN2 SN1
C2
C1
12 10
79
2
11
3
8
1
~0~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U2
ER1R2
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
TC
+1
L1A2-
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
+1
L
~12~0
1A2-
+TC
V5R1
V3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
(VX.008)
(VX.014)
~0~12
~
~MAIN~
LINE ~
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
RELAYBOX
ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release Lock Release
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
18 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments. When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is activated pressing the key . If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they work one at a time in automatic switching.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3078B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 4 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 4 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 4 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 4 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 4 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 4 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 4 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/54
6+coax+(n)
6+coax+(n-2)7+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+coax+(n-1)
11+n+coax
11+n+coax
TC
22 22
TC
11+n+coax
11+n+coax
TC
22 22
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 19DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.006)
(VX.008)
(VX.011)(VX.010)
(C4.016)
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.016)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.016)
(VD.002) (VD.002)
(VD.002)
(C4.006)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.016)
(VD.002)
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
(VX.014)
TC
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
~0~12
~
~
+1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3R1+TC
9 6 2 1R1R2 V3V5
V3V5
R1+TC
V3V5
R1+TC
SESE~0~0
~12~12
+6-621
21
-6+6
SN1 SN4
V3V5
R1+TC +TC
R1
V5V3
AP -6 +6~A ~B~12 SE +TC R1 R2
SE SE
C2C1 C3 C4
~0 ~0~12 ~12
+6-621
SN2
21
-6
SN3
+6
-6U-6I
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
TC
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
+1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3R1
+TC
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
~ SE1 +6 R1 R2 PS~ ~12 +TC-6SE2~0 AP
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
TC
+1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3R1+TC
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
TC
+1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3R1
+TC
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
RELAYBOX
COLUMN
INPUT B INPUT C
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
INPUT A
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release VOLTAGE
INPUT D
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
LINE~
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
LINE~
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
SV102-3078B
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002VX.003 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
20 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station
K= quantity of columns
6+coax+(n-1)7+coax
7+coax
6+coax+(n)
10+coax+K(n+1)
8+n+coax
TC
2 2
TC
6+coax+(n-1) 7+coax
7+coax
6+coax+(n)
8+n+coax
TC
2
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones continue to service towards the secondary.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3079A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K+1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K+1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. K+1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. K+1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. K+1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. K+1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. K+1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K+1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. K+1 Relay box Ref. 788/51>1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 21DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO A MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is connected to 1 proper secondary video outdoor station
SV102-3079A
(VX.011)(VX.010)
(C4.006)
(VX.008)
(VX.014)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(C4.017)
(VD.002)
7
Coax
Coax
SN1
SN1
4-6
13C1
R1
R1
4
1
6
1
7-
13C1
(C4.007)(C4.008)(C4.017)
(VD.002)
(VX.008)(VX.002)
~ R16
~R2 12SEPSAP R1TC
~0~
1-
6+ +
2SE
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
~ SE~ AP6 0
R1R2PS+R1~ 12 2 TC+ -6
~1SE
+TC
+
R1
1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3
TC
TC
TC
+TC
+
R1
1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
SN1 SN2
8
7
10
C1
14
4 61 3
2511
12051~~
C29
1312
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
~0~12
~
~LINE~
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U1 U2
U3
E
U4
U5
R1R2
1st COLUMN 2nd COLUMN
RELAYBOX
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
CONNECTION AS 1ST GROUP
LINE ~
LINE ~
ELECTRIC LOCK
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
Lock Release
Lock Release
Calls
Common
TO THE FOLLOWING COLUMN
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 C4.017 VD.002VX.001 VX.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
22 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each columns is also connected to its ownsecondary outdoor station
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is necessary to connect the single villas to an own video outdoor station and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the interested video door phone is automatically swItched on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary outdoor stations are independent, so that they can be realizedsimultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones continue to service the secondary.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2935E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K+1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K+1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 modelN. K+1 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725N. K+1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. K+1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. K+1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
K= number of columns
6+n+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+n+coax
10+coax+K(n+1)
8+n+coax
2
9+n
TC
6+n+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+n+coax
8+n+coax
8+n+coax 9+n
2
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 23DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNSTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each columns is also connected to its ownsecondary outdoor station
SV102-2935E
Coax
Coax
Coax
14-67
SN1
13C1
R1
(C4.008)
(C4.006)
(C4.007)
(VX.008)
USER
(VX.001)
C1Coax
41
-67
13R1
SN1
(VX.008)(VX.002)
(C4.017)
(C4.017)
(VD.002)
A
A
(VX.014)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.001)
A
LINE ~
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
~6126
~PS~0
- ~ +
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
+1
L1A2-
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
3
SN2
8 25
61
SN1
14
4
7
C2~ ~
9
1015
210
13C11112
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
E U1 U2
U5 U4 U3
~0~12
~
~
~ SE~ AP6 0
R1R2PS+R1~ 12 2 TC+ -6
~1SE
LINE~
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
TC
12 2 S3S1~
+TC
+
R1
1
L
~12~0
1A2
V5
-
V3
U4
U2
G/T
U1
U3
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12
G/T
~0~0
~12
~12U3
U1
U4
U2
G/T
U1 U2
U3
E
U4
U5
R1R2
Calls
Common
TO THEFOLLOWINGCOLUMN
1st COLUMN 2nd COLUMN
AS USER
AS USER
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULE
RELAYBOX
ELECTRIC LOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
CONNECTION AS 1ST GROUP
LockRelease
ELECTRIC LOCK
LockRelease
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLYFOR VIDEO DOORPHONE SYSTEM
LINE ~
CALLREPEATERRELAY
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. K Door phone power supply Ref. 786/11N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51N. K Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52>1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 VX.001VX.002 VX.008 VX.014 VX.034
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
24 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay device.
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to the outside.
Extra buzzers are used for intercom calls; for external calls from the video outdoor station, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned.The and service keys are used for intercom calls. When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock is released pressing the key .Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2970D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. 3 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. 3 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. 3 Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. 3 Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Power supply Ref. 789/3N. 1 Impedance generator Ref. 789/51N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4AN. 3 Extra Buzzer Ref. 9854/52N. 1 Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51
12+2coax
10+coax
12+coax
2
12+coax
12+coax
12+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 25DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-2970D
(VX.021)
(VX.007)
(C4.014)
1
2
(VX.006)
3
(C4.006)
(VX.008)
(VD.002)
(VX.021)(VX.006)(C4.014)
(VX.021)(VX.006)(C4.014)
(VX.008)
LINE~
6 60121SE ~ ~ -+
PS+TC
SE2
1/~R+
R2APR1
R1R2~ ~ 6 J
- -
473W
473W
R75
R75
U2 U1
R1R2
E
TC
8
97
15
2~012
~C2 11C1
6
SN2SN1
3 1145
10
12
413
Alt
Mic
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
R2R1
V3V5V4
BUZZER
RT
-/~+/~
Alt
Mic
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RTR1
V3V5V4
BUZZER
R2
-/~+/~
R2 R1 R2in out
~~
Alt
Mic
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RTR1
V3V5V4
BUZZER
R2
-/~+/~
473W
R1
V3+TC
V5
L
~0~12
-
2+
1A
1
G/T~12~0G/T
~0
U1
~12
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
POWERSUPPLY
LINE ~
IMPEDANCEGENERATOR
POWERSUPPLY
RELAYBOX
ELECTRIC LOCK
Lock Release
Name taglighting
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.014 VX.003 VX.006 VX.007 VX.008
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
26 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the same time in parallel by the video outdoor station.
Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay device.When the intercom service is activate, listening to the conversation from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to the outside.
Extra buzzers are used for external calls from the video outdoor station; for intercom calls, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned.When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock is released pressing the key .Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2972D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. 9 Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. 9 Bracket with 8 Button add-on Ref. 1702/86
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. 1 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module Ref. 1128/30-/31
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
VARIOUS
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Power supply (2) Ref. 789/2N. 2 Power supply (1) Ref. 789/3N. 1 Impedance generator Ref. 789/51N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. 1 Call repeater relay Ref. 788/52N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4AN. 9 Extra Buzzer Ref. 9854/52N. 1 Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.014 VD.002 VX.001 VX.003 VX.006 VX.007 VX.008
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
19+coax
12+coax
19+coax
"9"
"8"
"3"
"1"
"2"
2
19+coax
20+coax
25+coax
TC
25+coax
19+coax
19+coax
23+coax
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 27DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 9 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from the outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-2972D
1
2
3
4 - 5 R1RD
(VX.007)
(VD.002)
(C4.006)
8
9
POWERSUPPLY (2)
POWERSUPPLY(1)
POWERSUPPLY(1)
(C4.014)(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.014)
(VX.021)(VX.006)
(VX.021)(VX.006)(C4.014)
(VX.006)(C4.014)
(VX.021)
TO THEVIDEO
DOOR PHONES
TO THEVIDEO
DOOR PHONES
6 - 7
(VX.007)
(C4.014)(VX.006)(VX.021)
R1RD
(VX.001)
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
R2 R1
LINE~
R2in out~ ~
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
R2R1RD
V3V5V4
T2T3
T4T5T6
T1G/T
-/~+/~
G/T2
S112~2S36 J
- -
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RDR1R2
V3V5V4
T2T3
T4T5T6
T1G/T
-/~+/~
G/T2
LINE~
660121SE ~ ~- +
PS+TC
SE2
1/~
APR1
R1 R2~ ~
R2 R1
LINE~
R2in out~ ~
R75
TC
473W
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
R2R1RD
V3V5V4
T2T3
T4T5T6
T1G/T
-/~+/~
G/T2
21A
L
~12~0
1+
V5
-
V3
~0~0
~12
~12
U1G/T
+TCR1
R75
U4 U3
R1R2
U2 U1
E
U5
R75
R2 R1
LINE~
R2in out~ ~
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RDR1R2
V3V5V4
T2T3
T4T5T6
T1G/T
-/~+/~
G/T2
CA
1
26
109
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RDR1R2
V3V5V4
T2T3
T4T5T6
T1G/T
-/~+/~
G/T2
87
152~012
~C1 116
SN2SN1
133
4
145
10
C2
1
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
POWERSUPPLY
CALLREPEATERRELAY
IMPEDANCEGENERATOR
RELAYBOX
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
28 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSThe video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent
power-on
FUNCTION
The 3 video door phones perform the intercom service and can be called at the same time in parallel by one of the two video outdoor stations.Switching to the three services is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay device.
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation from the loudspeaking units of the video outdoor stations is excluded.If a call is made from the one of the two video outdoor stations during an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to the entrance from which the call has been sent. Therefore, concurrent communication with the 2 video outdoor stations is not possible in that either one or the other of these operates alternatively, in mutual exclusion.
Extra buzzers are used for the intercom calls while for those of the video outdoor stations, the two-tone electronic call is sent to the loudspeaker of the handset of the video door phone concerned.When the video door phones are called in parallel by the one of the two video outdoor stations, they switch on at the same time. At the end ofthe conversation, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is released pressing the key .Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3257A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. 3 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. 3 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 2 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 2 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/81
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 2 Panel with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 2 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 2 Front plate Ref. 725/601
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 2 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 2 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. 2 Button Ref. 1128/1-/2N. X Blank module (*) Ref. 1128/30-/31
(*) for small button installation only
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 789/2N. 1 Impedance generator Ref. 789/51N. 1 Relay box (1) Ref. 788/54N. 1 Relay box (2) Ref. 788/52N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4AN. 3 Extra Buzzer Ref. 9854/52N. 1 Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4
12+coax
11+coax
2
TC
12+coax
2
TC
13+coax
11+coax
12+coax
11+coax
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 29DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM Atlantico VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 2 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNITSThe video outdoor stations call the video door phones in parallel with concurrent
power-on
SV102-3257A
(VX.021)
(VX.008)
(VX.006)
(C4.006)
(C4.006)
(VX.021)
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(C4.014)
(VX.006)(C4.014)
(C4.014)
(VX.008)
(C4.016)
(C4.016)
(VD.002)
(VD.002)
AP +TC R1SE1~~ ~0 ~12 -6 SE2 +6 PS R2
BUZZER -/~+/~
473W
473W
9 6 2 1R1 R2 V3V5
SN2
+6-621
V3V5
R1+TC
SE
21
-6+6
+TCR1
V5V3
AP -6 +6DH
I GNN
~0 ~A ~B ~12 SE R1
SE
SN4
~12~0
SN3
2
+6
1
-6
~12~0
V5
+TC
V3R1
~12~0
SE
~12~0
R1V3
+6
V5
-6
+TC
2
SE
SN1
1
+TC -6U-6IR2C1 C2 C3 C4
BUZZER -/~+/~
TC
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RD
V4V5V3
109
R1
RL
230
0
R2outR1
R2inR1
473W
TC
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
R2R1
V4V5V3
109
RD
R75
-6 -J
R75
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
~0~12 +TC
R1V3V5
U1
E
R1R2
U2
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T~12
~0~12
G/T~0
~0~12 +TC
R1V3V5
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
RD
V4V5V3
109
R1
BUZZER -/~+/~
S1 S2 15 14
LINE ~
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
RELAYBOX(1)
COLUMN
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
INPUT CINPUT B
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
INPUT DINPUT A
VOLTAGE
LINE~
RELAYBOX(2)
IMPEDANCEGENERATOR
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLY
DIAGRAM NOTES (see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.014 C4.016VD.002 VX.003 VX.006 VX.008
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
30 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-1469D
CA
R2R1
V4V5
1
109X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
calls6 29R1 COAXR2 1
CA6
V3
S3S1
~ ~0
~ ~
~12~0
12
12V~RELE'
Ref.788/52
RISING COLUMN
CHIME
TRANSFORMERRef.9000/230
LINE~
(VX.008)
CA
1
10
26
9
calls6 29R1 COAXR2 1
RISINGCOLUMN
V3
CA
R2R1
V4V5
1
109X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
SV102-1574C
SV102-1469D: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-1574C: CONNECTION IN PARALLEL OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONE
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 31DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY IN PARALLELTO THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-0782D
R2 R1 R2outin
CA
RTR1
V4V5V3
1
109X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
CA
R2R1
V4V5V3
1
109X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
RT
~~
621
9
R2R1
COAX
COAX
LINE ~
Calls
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/2
FROMRISINGCOLUMN
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
32 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
The system is particularly suitable to be installed in buildings where three video door phones belonging to a more complex system with video door phone unit must be called and switched on at the same time by one only call button. Since the video power unit cannot power more than one video door phone, a supplementary local power unit is needed to power video door phones 2 and 3.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2132E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. 4 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. 4 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. 4 Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. 4 Bracket Ref. 1705/90
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 789/3N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4AN. 1 Door phone power supply Ref. 786/11N. 1 Relay Ref. 788/52
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
VX.001 VX.007 VX.008
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
The video door phones are called at the same time
7+2coax
7+2coax
10+2coax
7+coax
7+coax
8+2coax
FROM RISINGCOLUMN
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 33DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-2132E
CONNECTION OF 3 VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS IN PARALLEL TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
The video door phones are called at the same time
(VX.008)
(VX.001)
CA
R2R1
V4V5V3
1
109
X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
RT
R2 R1 R2outin
~~
CA
RTR1
V4V5V3
1
109
X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
R2
CA
RTR1
V4V5V3
1
109
X1X2Y1Y2R3
26
R2
R1R2
U1U2
U5
E
~
0~12
~0
~~12
PS
LINE~
~S1
6CA
621
9
COAX
R2R1
COAX
S3
473W
LINE~
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLY
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
calls
FROMRISINGCOLUMN
RELAY
DOOR PHONEPOWER SUPPLY
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
34 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay device.
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.
The external call from the video door phone system is sent to the video door phone speaker. The intercom call is sent to the buzzers.The and service keys are used for intercom calls. When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock is released pressing the key .Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-1349E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. 3 Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. 3 Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. 3 Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. 3 Bracket Ref. 1705/90
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Power supply Ref. 786/11N. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 789/3N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4AN. 3 Extra Buzzer Ref. 9854/52N. 1 Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4N. 1 Relay box “B” Ref. 788/52N. 1 Relay box “A” Ref. 788/51
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.014 VX.006 VX.007 VX.008
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s): 6 – 10.
VX.023 VX.034
12+2coax
7+2coax
FROM RISINGCOLUMN
11+coax
11+coax
12+2coax
12+2coax
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 35DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-1349E
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM VIDEO DOOR PHONE EXTENSIONS TO A SYSTEM WITH VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
(VX.006)(VX.021)
(VX.007)
-/+/
-/+/
-/+/
(C4.014)
(C4.014)(VX.021)(VX.006)
(C4.014)(VX.021)(VX.006)
LINE~
FROMRISINGCOLUMN
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLY
MAIN~
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
RELAYBOX (B)
RELAYBOX (A)
POWER SUPPLY
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
36 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNITDistance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to
1000 metres
FUNCTION
The system allows the connection between the video door phone unit and the various video door phones located in the apartments also when the distance between them is higher than 300 m and lower than 1000m. When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen. At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes, unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock can be operated by pressing the key ( ).Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the fi rst video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-1241D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/80-/81-/82
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/80
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 model N. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602
For the panels references and the accessories refer to “Panels with anodized Aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for video door unit Ref. 1728/20-/21N. 1 Door unit with camera Ref. 1728/80N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. X Supplementary power supply Ref. 789/2N. 1 Video amplifi er Ref. 1090/729
6+(n-2)+coax
6+n+coax
>300m<1000m
9+n+coax
6+(n-1)+coax
2
7+coax
7+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 37DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF N VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNITDistance between video door phone and video door unit in the range from 300 to
1000 metres
SV102-1241D
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(VX.010)(VX.011)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
RL
230
0
R2outR1
R1R2in
LINE~
LINE~
LINE~(VX.008)
RL
230
0
R2outR1
R1R2in
LINE~(VX.008)
TC
INOUT
(VD.002)
R2R1
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R2R1
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
U4
U2
G/T~0
~12
~0~12U1
U3
G/T
L
~0~12
+
2-
1A
1
+TCR1
V3V5
0
230
PS
+R1/~
-6~0AP
R1
+6R2R2
+TCR1
SE1SE2
~12
TO THE FOLLOWINGVIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
Name taglighting
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLY
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLY
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008VD.002 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011 VX.016
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
38 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
FUNCTION
This system allows connection between the video outdoor station and the various video door phones situated in the apartments. When the visitor presses a button on the push button panel, the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and, after about 7 seconds, the image appears on the screen. At this point the user sees the visitor and can answer, if he wishes, unhooking the handset. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock can be operated by pressing the key ( ).Vision of the image lasts about 60 seconds, after which the intervention of the built-in timer in the power supply causes it to go off. If a second video door phone is called before the end of the 60 seconds, the fi rst video door phone will automatically go off and the latter comes on. This feature guarantees secrecy of vision.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3063A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phones Ref. 1702/40N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/90
or
Utopia modelN. X Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1703/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1745/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 5150/500N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 VD.002 VX.003VX.008 VX.010 VX.011
6+(n-2)+coax
6+n+coax
9+n+coax
6+(n-1)+coax
2
7+coax
7+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 39DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOURS VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
SV102-3063A
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VD.002)
VIDEOPOWERSUPPLY
(VX.010)(VX.011)
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
R1R2
U2
U1
E
~0~12
V3V5
+TCR1
L
+
2-
1A
1
U1G/T
U2
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T~0~12
~0~12
U2U1 G/T
U3U4
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R2
V4V5V3
CA126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R1R1
+TC
R2
AP
+6-6~0
SE2
~
~
PS
R2
1/~
SE1+R
~12
TC
TO THE FOLLOWINGVIDEO DOOR PHONES
TO THE FOLLOWINGMODULES
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
LINE~
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
Name taglighting
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
40 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT Door open indicator on video door phones
FUNCTION
The system provides an open door monitoring service, in addition to providing a connection between the video door unit and the various colour video door phone in the apartments following a call.An indicator LED lights up on all video door phones when the entrance door is open.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3228A:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
EXAMPLE “A”Utopia modelN. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/1N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1704/90
or
EXAMPLE “B”Atlantico modelN. 1 Video door phones Ref. 1702/40N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1702/86
Utopia free-hands modelN. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/2N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1703/91
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1745/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 5150/500N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 1090/850N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/52
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 VD.002VX.003 VX.006 VX.008 VX.010VX.011 VX.012 VX.014 VX.015
NOTE *: add 1 optional conductor for the video door phone autoinsertion (with the Utopia free-hands video door phone is possible also the fonic autoinsertion).
13+n+coax
8+n+coax(NOTE *)
8+n+coax(NOTE *)
"B"
"A"
4
10+coax
10+coax
10+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 41DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 DOOR UNIT Door open indicator on video door phones
SV102-3228
(VX.006)
(VX.008)(VX.015)
"A"
"B"
(C4.007) (C4.008)POWER SUPPLY
DOOR OPENNORMALLY OPEN CONTACT
(VX.008)
(VX.011)
(VX.012)BOXRELAY
NOTA *
NOTE * NOTE *
(VX.014)
(VX.010)
(C4.006)
2-
1A
+
L
1
~12~0
R1+TC
V5V3
R2R1
CA
126910
Y2Y1X2X1+AP
V3
V4V5
R3
15 S2S114
1/~
SE2SE3
~
~
+TC
PS
SE1
~0AP
R1
-6
~12
+6
+R
R2
R2R1
~
~0~12
~
TC
6
X1
CA
T6
Y1V4
R3
V5
R2
X2
9
1R1
2
10
Y2V3
////
G/TT1
+APR
0
230
GND+12P1
P2
R2R1
CA
126910
Y2Y1X2X1+AP
V3
V4V5
R3
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
LINE~
(VD.002)
LINE ~
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
LINE~
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
42 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to an automatically switching video door unit or door unit.A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven seconds if the call was made by the video door unit.The video door phone monitor will be blank and will work as a regular free-hands door phone if the call is received from the door unit.Press at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical lock only.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3227:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia free-hands modelN. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/2N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1703/91
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1745/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT
9+n
6+coax+(n-1)
6+coax+(n-2)
6+coax+n
7+coax
7+coax
7+coax
11+n+coax
TC
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 modelN. 1 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 VD.002 VX.008 VX.010 VX.011VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 43DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS UTOPIA COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND TO 1 DOOR UNIT
SV102-3227
(VX.011)
(VX.008)
(C4.016)
(VX.010)
(C4.006)
(VX.014)
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(C4.008)(C4.007)(C4.007) (C4.008)
(C4.006)
(C4.016)
BOXRELAY
MAIN ~
/~
1R1 SE-12 0~ ~ PS
2 TC6 16SEAP + +~ ~R2R1 R2 +
R
V5V3
V4
R2R1
Y2
X2
CA
962
R3
1
10X1
Y1
TC
(VD.002)
ER1R2
U2
U1
V5V3
V4
R2R1
Y2
X2
CA
962
R3
1
10X1
Y1
~
~0~12
~
V5V3
V4
R2R1
Y2
X2
CA
962
R3
1
10X1
Y1
~12~12
~0
G/TU4
U1U2
~0
G/T
U3U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
145
C2
C12
11
3
8
1
~0~12
12 10
156
134
7
SN2 SN1
9
2-
1A
+
L
1
+TC
~12~0 V3
V5R1
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
~0G/T
~0~12~12 U3
U4
U1U2
G/T
LINE ~
L1A
-+
2
1
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Lock Release Lock Release
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
44 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones continue to service towards the secondary.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3235:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia free-hands modelN. 1 Video door phones direct vision Ref. 1703/2N. 1 Bracket Ref. 1703/91
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1745/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Each column is additionally connected to a specifi c secondary door unit
6+n+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+n+coax
10+coax+K(n+1)
8+n+coax
2
9+n
TC
6+n+coax
7+coax
7+coax
6+n+coax
8+n+coax
8+n+coax
9+n
2
K= number of columns
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 modelN. 1 Panels with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1128/500
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
1128 model N. 1 Front case for door unit Ref. 1128/20-/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1128/500N. X Front case Ref. 1128/10-/11N. X Button Ref. 1128/1-/2
For boards of accessories refer to “Wall Mounted PanelMod. 1128” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K+1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. K Relay box Ref. 788/51N. 1 Video distributor Ref. 1794/4A
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.007 C4.008 C4.017 VD.002VX.001 VX.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 45DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF N FREE-HANDS COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONE COLUMNS TO 1 MAIN VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Each column is additionally connected to a specifi c secondary door unit
SV102-3235
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(VX.008)
76
1
13
R1
4
Coax
(C4.006)
(VX.010)
(VX.011)
SN1
C1
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
-
13
(VX.008)
R1
-67
41
(VX.002)
SN1
C1
(VX.014)
(VX.014)
Coax(C4.008)(C4.007)
~12~12
~0
~0G/T
U1G/T
U2U3U4
~12~12
~0
~0G/T
U1G/T
U2U3U4
~~~~12
~0~12~12
G/T
~0
U2U3
G/TU1
U4
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
4
7
6
SN1
1 3
13
SN2
C1
8 2541
51 C~
20 90112 1~
1 21
~
TC
U1
U4
U2
U3
R2R1
E
1A
V5
+TC
~0
L+
R1
~12
-
V3
2
1
~0~12~12
G/T
~0
U2U3
G/TU1
U4
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R2R1
~12~12
~0
~0G/T
U1G/T
U2U3U4
~~~~12
LINE~
U2U3U4
U1
~12
~0~12
G/T~0
G/T
V4V5V3
CA
126
R3Y2Y1X2X1
910
R2R1
L1A
-+
2
1
LINE ~
(VD.002)
R2R1~~ 6+6-PAPS~0R2R1+ CT 2ESES ~ 21 1
LINE~
~~ 6 6-+ PA 1R R2PS+ CT S 1E~ 21E RS~ 10 2
~0~12~12
G/T
~0
U2U3
G/TU1
U4
1st COLUMN 2nd COLUMN
CONNECTION AS 1ST GROUP
RELAYBOX
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
ELECTRICLOCK
Lock Release
POWER SUPPLYFOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEMVIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Calls
Common
TO THE FOLLOWING
COLUMN
LINE
LockRelease
ELECTRIC LOCK
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
46 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the same time by the video outdoor station. Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay device.
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to the outside.
The and service keys are used for intercom calls. When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock is released pressing the key .Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3219:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia modelN. 3 Video door phones Ref. 1703/1N. 3 Bracket Ref. 1703/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/41N. 1 Button modules Ref. 1145/12
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/40N. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20N. X Button modules Ref. 1155/13A
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Door phone power supply with relay Ref. 786/15
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
VD.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014 VX.031
12+2coax
10+coax
12+coax
2
12+coax
12+coax
12+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 47DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 3 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
SV102-3219
(VX.008)
(VX.031)
(VX.031)
(VX.031)
"1"
"3"
"2"
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEMWITH RELAY
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
9
2
230
-J
8
4
SN1
~0
PS
5
C2
7
0
~12C1
PS2
36
-+
1SN2
(VD.002)
CA
126
X2X1Y2Y1910
R1R2
Z1
R3Z2
RD
V3
V4V5
CA
126
X2X1Y2Y1910
R1R2
Z1
R3Z2
RD
V3
V4V5
CA
126
X2X1Y2Y1910
R1R2
Z1
R3Z2
RD
V3
V4V5
~12~0G/T
~12~0
U3
U1U2
G/T
TC
R1+TC
V3V5
~0~12
LINE ~
LINE ~
+-L
21A
1
SE1~0 ~12 R1 PS1~
+6/
R2-6APR1+TC SE2 ~ ~VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Lock Release
ELECTRICLOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
48 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suited for detached houses where the video door phones provide the intercom service and can also be called at the same time in parallel by the video outdoor station. Switching from one service to another is automatic and is assured during the call phase by a relay device.
When the intercom service is activated, listening to the conversation from the loudspeaking unit of the video outdoor station is excluded.If a call is made from the video outdoor station during an intercom conversation, all the video door phones are automatically switched to the outside.
The and service keys are used for intercom calls. When the video door phones are called in parallel by the video outdoor station, they switch on at the same time. At the end of the conversation, the electric lock is released pressing the key .Viewing lasts approximately 60 seconds, after which it is interrupted automatically following tripping of the timer incorporate in the power supply.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3220:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Utopia modelN. 2 Video door phones Ref. 1703/1N. 2 Bracket Ref. 1703/90
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/41
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera Ref. 1755/41
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Door phone power supply with relay Ref. 786/15N. 1 Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006Sinthesi models only:Connect jumper L with G/T
C4.014 VD.002 VX.003 VX.008 VX.014 VX.031
12+coax
10+coax
2
11+coax
8+coax
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 49DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 2 INTERCOM UTOPIA VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH POSSIBILITY OF ANSWERING CALLS FROM 1 ELECTRICAL VIDEO DOOR UNIT
Single call from outside with concurrent power-on
SV102-3220
(VX.031)(C4.014)
(VX.031)(C4.014)
"2"
"1"
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(C4.006)
~0 U1G/T~12
LINE ~
~0~12 R1
+TC
V3V5
~
+-L
21A
1
(VD.002)
SE1~0 ~12 R1 PS1~
+6/
R2-6APR1+TC SE2 ~ ~
RDR1R2
6
CA
10
2
9
1
R3Z1Z2
V4V5V3
X1
Y1
X2
Y2
R1
6
CA
10
2
9
1
R3Z1Z2
V4V5V3
RD
R2
Y1
X2
Y2X1
9
2
-J
8
4
SN1
~0
PS
5
C2
7
SN2
C1
230
6
-
3
0
PS2~12
1
+TC
LINE
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Lock Release
ELECTRICLOCK
POWER SUPPLY FORDOOR PHONE SYSTEMWITH RELAY
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
50 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION
TC
TC
TC
Vid
eo p
ower
uni
t R
ef.
789/
5B c
an p
ower
up
to 1
0 vi
deo
dist
ribut
ors
Ref
. 179
4/4A
if A
tlant
ico,
or
Sca
itel
vide
o do
or p
hone
s ar
e no
t co
nnec
ted
in p
aral
lel.
Use
tw
o ad
ditio
nal
wire
s in
the
sys
tem
and
oth
er p
ower
un
its R
ef.
789/
2 (o
ne f
or e
ach
next
gro
up o
f 20
) to
in
stal
l mor
e di
strib
utor
s.W
ith d
istr
ibut
or i
n w
hich
the
U5
outp
ut i
s us
ed i
t is
ne
cess
ary
to
rem
ove
the
75
Ohm
re
sist
ance
(m
ount
ed r
aise
d fr
om th
e P
CB
) .
ONE RISER
SERIES CONNECTION
The cable goes in and
mes out from each video door phone
CONNECTION WITH DISTRIBUTION
TO THE FLOORS
CONNECTION WITH DISTRIBUTION AT RISER BEGINNING
In each riser the cable goes in and
comes out from each video door phone
SEVERAL RISER
Power supply
Ref.789/5B
(Max. 10
distributors)
Power supply
Ref.789/5B
(Max. 10
distributors)
No
te:
if on
the
vid
eo d
oor
phon
e te
rmin
als
V4
and
V5
ther
e is
not
the
coa
xial
cab
le c
onne
ct t
he
75Ω
1/4
W r
esis
tanc
e.
SV102-3294
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 51DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION
TC
No
te:
if on
the
vid
eo d
oor
phon
e te
rmin
als
V4
and
V5
ther
e is
not
the
coa
xial
cab
le c
onne
ct t
he
75Ω
1/4
W r
esis
tanc
e.
Vid
eo p
ower
uni
t R
ef.
789/
5B c
an p
ower
up
to 1
0 vi
deo
dist
ribut
ors
Ref
. 17
94/4
A if
Atla
ntic
o, o
r S
caite
l m
onito
rs
are
not
conn
ecte
d in
pa
ralle
l. U
se
two
addi
tiona
l w
ires
in t
he s
yste
m a
nd o
ther
pow
er u
nits
R
ef.
789/
2 (o
ne f
or e
ach
next
gro
up o
f 20
) to
ins
tall
mor
e di
strib
utor
s.W
ith d
istr
ibut
or i
n w
hich
the
U5
outp
ut i
s us
ed i
t is
ne
cess
ary
to
rem
ove
the
75
Ohm
re
sist
ance
(m
ount
ed r
aise
d fr
om th
e P
CB
)
SEVERAL RISER
IN EACH RISER THE CABLE CONNECTION IS MADE WITH DISTRIBUTION TO THE FLOORS
Power supply
Ref.789/5B
(Max. 10
distributors)
SV102-3295
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
52 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
I COLUMN II COLUMN
(VX.001)
TC
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.1794/4A
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.1794/4A
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
II GROUPDISTRIBUTOR
II GROUPDISTRIBUTOR
MAIN~ MAIN~
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLYRef.789/2
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLYRef.789/2
MAIN~ MAIN~
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLYRef.789/2
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.789/5B
SUPPLEMENTARYPOWER SUPPLYRef.789/2
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
I GROUPDISTRIBUTOR
I GROUPDISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.1794/4A
TO THE FOLLOWING COLUMNS
Video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 10 video distributors Ref. 1794/4A if Atlantico, or Scaitel monitors are not connected in parallel. Use two additional wires in the system and other power units Ref. 789/2 (one for each next group of 20) to install more distributors.With distributor in which the U5 output is used it is necessary to remove the 75 Ohm resistance (mounted raised from the PCB)
SEVERAL COLUMNS
EXAMPLES OF COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTION
SV102-3296A
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1d−−−− 53DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION TVCC CAMERE OR MICROCAMERA
SV102-3229A
B/W
MICROCAMERA
12Vdc(VX.032)
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
COLOUR
1
2
1
2
1
12Vdc(VX.032)
2
2
Vision Powervoltage
Risolution(line)
Ref. Exampleof
connection
External
Internal
Internal
External
Use
1090/189
1090/117
1090/187
1090/185
1090/188
1090/191
1090/194
1090/198
>420
>420
>420
420
300
380
420
420
1840/44
1840/44
1840/44
1840/44
1090/850 or1090/849
1090/850 or1090/849
1090/850 or1090/849
1090/850 or1090/849
1090/849
1840/44
1840/44
1090/850 or1090/849
1090/850 or1090/849
1840/44
1090/849
Power supplyadvicedRef.
1090/840
1090/840
1090/840
1090/840
1090/840 onlyfor 1090/850
- -
1090/840
1090/840
1090/840
1090/840 onlyfor 1090/850
1090/840 onlyfor 1090/850
- -
1090/840 onlyfor 1090/850
1090/840 onlyfor 1090/850
1090/840 onlyfor 1090/850
AccessoriesRef.
Example 1
bi/nene
+ +TC12
R1-
CoaxR1+TC
(VX.008)Line~
Coax
+-12
Example 2
Example 3
(VX.008)
Coax
Line~
VOLTAGE ADAPTERPOWER SUPPLY
35012 Vcc
(VX.032)COLOUR 1840/44
1090/849
CAMERA
1840/44
1840/4412 Vcc
(VX.032)
230 Vca
12 Vcc(VX.033)
230 Vca
B/W
380
380
>380
>380
- -
- -
- -
1090/850 or1090/849
1090/850 or1090/849
NOTE: For optics, bracket, custody see the TVCC technical manual.
350 230 Vca
420 1090/850 or1090/849
Ref.Vision Power supplyadvicedRef.
Powervoltage
Risolution(line)
2
1
1840/44 1
2
1
3
3
1
2
3
Exampleof
connection
1090/241
1090/108
1090/141
1090/215
1090/142
230 Vca420 - - 31090/122
230 Vca420 - - 31092/002A
1090/243
1092/001A2
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
54 −−−− sec.1d DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 1DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
5-WIRE ELECTRONICVIDEO DOOR PHONE
SYSTEMS
SECTION 1E(REV.D)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
SECTION 1E CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1E
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Diagram Sec. Pag.BASIC DIAGRAMS FOR 5-WIRE ELECTRONIC DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT.................................................... SV102-3147B ..............1e ................2
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT ...................................................... SV102-2082C ..............1e ................4
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT.................................................... SV102-2081B ..............1e ................5
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION......................... SV102-2633H .............1e ................6
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ................................................................SV102-2902G ..............1e ................8
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) ................................................................................................. SV102-2913B ..............1e ............. 10
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONSAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ................................................................. SV102-3092D ..............1e ............. 12
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONSAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. 725) .................................................................................................. SV102-2806F ..............1e ............. 14
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNITAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)............................................................................ SV102-3121C ..............1e ............. 16
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) .................................................................................................................... SV102-3060B ..............1e ............. 18
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel) ..................................................................................................................... SV102-3094D ..............1e ............. 20
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time ..................... SV102-3166C ............. 1e ............. 22
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION(Mod. Sinthesi) ............................................................................................................................................... SV102-3122E ..............1e ............. 24
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONETO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS........................................................................................................ SV102-3239 ..............1e ........... 26
CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE ............................... SV102-1710D ..............1e ........... 26
CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL ............................................................... SV102-1712F ..............1e ........... 26
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER... SV102-1470C ..............1e ............. 27
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER......SV102-3240 ..............1e ............. 27EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCKDURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE ...........................................................................................SV102-3238 ..............1e ............. 27
EXAMPLE OF SIGNAL A, SIGNAL B AND POWER (R1, R2)DISTRIBUTION ON SEVERAL COLUMNS ................................................................................................... SV102-2978C ..............1e ............. 28
I −−−− sec.1e
SECTION 1E CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 1E
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams sec.1e −−−− II
5-WIRE VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM DIAGRAM CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Use of kits
PAG
6
24
10
26
26
26
12
20
16
18
8
27
27
27
14
SV102-2633H
SV102-3122E
SV102-2913B
SV102-3239
SV102-1712F
SV102-1710D
SV102-3092D
SV102-3094D
SV102-3121C
SV102-3060B
SV102-2902G
SV102-1470C
SV102-3240
SV102-3238
SV102-2806F
SV102-3166C 22
2
4
1
1
1
√
√√
√
√
√ √
√√ √
√
√
√
Generic
Sinthesi
Sinthesi orK-Steel
Sinthesi orK-Steel
Sinthesi orK-Steel
Sinthesi orK-Steel
Sinthesi orK-Steel
Sinthesi orK-Steel
725
725
0 0 0
COLLEGAMENTO DI 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO 5SV102-2081B√Sinthesi 0 0 0
COLLEGAMENTO DI 1 VIDEOCITOFONO AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO 4SV102-2082C√Smyle
0 0 0
COLLEGAMENTO DI MAX 2 VIDEOCITOFONI AD 1 VIDEOPORTIERE ELETTRICO 2SV102-3147B√√
√
√0 0 0
0 0 0
√0 0 0
√0 0 0
√0 0 0
√0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 K
√0 1 0
√K 1 0
LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
Panel model
Number of main video door phone panels to be installed
Number of video door phone secondary panels to be installed
Number of main door phone panels to be installed
Number of secondary door phone panels to be installed
Single calls from panel: each user has its own call button
Calls from panel in parallel: each user has several video door phones in the apartment
Use of devices in parallel with a video door phone
Use of some door phones for audio service only
Colour camera
Possibility of opening door during call
DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION DIAGRAM
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONThe video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNITAND 1 DOOR UNITAutomatic switching during calls
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONEach column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONETO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS
CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL
CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONSAutomatic switching during calls
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22 FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCKDURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONSAutomatic switching during calls
K = number of columns with panel
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
2 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
The system can be used to connect the video door unit to various video door phones fi tted in apartments.When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the image appears on the screen a few seconds later. At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the handset.All video door phones are normally deactivated (no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users can cut into the call.The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until the following call is made from the panel to another device.The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical lock.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3147B:
“5-WIRE” VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) with Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/601 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/21 • 1 Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/955 • Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52 • Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B orN. 1 One-family kit (1 button) with Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/601 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 1 calling
button Ref. 1745/21 • 1 Artico video door phoneRef. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/955 • Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52 • Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B orN. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) with Atlantico video door phone Ref. 1702/602 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/22 • 2 Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 with bracket
Ref. 1202/955 • Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52 • Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B orN. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) with Artico video door phone Ref. 1705/602 consisting of: • Sinthesi camera with integrated door unit and 2 calling
buttons Ref. 1745/22 • 2 Artico video door phones Ref. 1705/1 with bracket
Ref. 1705/955 • Flush-mounting box for 2 modules Ref. 1145/52 • Module holder with frame for 2 modules Ref. 1145/62 • Power unit 230Vac-38VA, 10 DIN modules Ref. 789/5B
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
V5.001V5.006
(*) For two-family kits only
5
7
6
10
2
TC
(*)
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 3DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-3147B
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
(V5.006)
CA
B
R2
A
R1
CA
A
R2
B
R1
0
+6
PS
R2
~12
+R
R2
~0
AP
SE2
1/~
-6
+TCSE1
R1
230
R1
TCC1C2
R1AB
+TC
~
45F
G/T3
1/~
SE
SN1/~
PS
(*)
CAMERA UNITWITH DOOR UNITAND 2 BUTTONS
MAIN~Lock Release
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
ELECTRIC LOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
4 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2082C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
N. 1 One-family kit (1 button) Ref. 956/31 consisting of: • Smyle panel with camera and 1 button with built-in door
unit. • 1 Artico video door phone with bracket • Power unit 110-230Vac 38VA, 7 DIN modules
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
V5.007V5.011
SV102-2082C
FUNCTION
The system can be used to connect the video door unit to the video door phone fi tted in the apartment.When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the image appears on the screen a few seconds later. At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the handset.The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical lock.
6
4
2
TC
CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
(V5.011)
R3
TC
MAIN~
LockRelease
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTRIC LOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 5DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
The system can be used to connect the video door unit to the video door phone fi tted in the apartment.When a visitor presses a button on the panel, a two-tone electronic call signal is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker and the image appears on the screen a few seconds later. At this point, the user can see the visitor and reply by picking up the handset.The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical lock.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2081B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE KIT DIAGRAMS
N. 1 Two-family kit (2 buttons) Ref. 956/32 consisting of: • Smyle panel with camera and 2 buttons with built-in door
unit. • 2 Artico video door phones with bracket • Power unit 110-230Vac 38VA, 7 DIN modules
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
V5.007V5.0117
6
8
4
TC
2
CONNECTION OF 2 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT
SV102-2081B
(V5.011)
(V5.011)
(V5.006)
R3
R3
2
1
TC
MAIN~
LockRelease
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTRIC LOCK
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
6 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
The 5-wire video door phone system implements conversation privacy, call and door opener functions in normal door phone systems with only 5 wires in the riser column: 4 commons + 1 single for each device.The door unit is powered with only two wires and a transformer at 12V~.The most interesting application of a 5-wire system is in old buildings where a door phone system is already fi tted. The existing system can be transformed into a video door phone system without adding wires to the column or in the apartments.Specifi c conversation privacy circuits must be fi tted in the panel for ensuring conversation privacy for all video door phones in the system (one for each button). All video door phones are normally deactivated (no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users can cut into the call. The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until the following call is made from the panel to another device.The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical lock.
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONETO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2 10+n
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
TC
5
5
5
5
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2633H:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/30AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
725 modelN. 1 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. 1 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 1 Video adapter Ref. 1742/13AN. 1 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1035/25
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007 C4.008 C4.018 CU.009 VD.002V5.001 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 7DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONETO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
SV102-2633H
(VX.014)
(CU.009)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.008)
Mod. K-Steel/SinthesiMod.725
(VU.002)
(VX.006) (VX.006)
(C4.018)
ABR1
+TC
2 x 82 1/4W
R1R2
CA
AB
1
4
G/T
~0
4
~12G/T 1
C1
C4C3C2
U4U3U2U1
~0~12
R1BA
~
5
~12~0
+TC
1/~
2
SN1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
R1BA
+TC
~
5
1/~
SE
SN1/~
K-Steel Sinthesi
44
F F
PSPS
G/TG/T3
R1R2
CA
AB
(VD.002)
TC
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
~
~12~0
~
4 41 1
SN
2
3
1/~5
~
P. E.
PS4
A
R2
R2
A
IIIII
B
B
B
IV
A
R1
R1
B
A
R1R2
R2R1
B
R1R2
A
A
R2
B
R1
I
+6-6
R2+R
APR1
1/~
SE2~12
PS
~0
R2
+TCR1
SE1
~
~
A
R2
R2
A
IIIII
B
B
B
IV
A
R1
R1
B
A
R1R2
R2R1
B
R1R2
A
A
R2
B
R1
I
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
To thefollowing
conversationprivacy device
To the followingmodule
BUTTON MODULE
Name taglighting
To thefollowing
conversationprivacydevice
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMERLINE~
LINE~
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRIC LOCK
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
Camera+
Adapter
Name taglighting
ELECTRIC LOCK
Output
Input
Output
Input
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
8 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching.When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 8 seconds.During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor station from the service.At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is activated pressing the key .If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are mutually exclusive.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2902G:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 2 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 2 Module camera Ref. 1755/30AN. 2 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 C4.018 CU.009 V5.001 VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) PS - G/Tb) 4 - F
2 14+n
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
213+n
TC TC
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
5
5
5
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 9DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-2902G
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
(VX.014)
(VX.008)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.007)
COLUMN
(C4.008)
(C4.016) (C4.016)
"1"
(CU.009) (CU.009)
(VX.006)
(VX.021)(VX.021)
(VX.008)
4
BA
~
PSF5
G/T3
~12~0
1/~
2
SN1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~
PSF5
G/T3
1/~
SE
SN1/~
4
K-Steel Sinthesi
R1 R1+TC +TC
R1R2
CA
AB
2 x 82 1/4W
R1R2
CA
AB
~~~ ~012
LINE~
R1R2
CA
AB
69
C2
15
~0~12
11
14
137
C1
1
4
SN1210
123SN2
85
R1R2
CA
AB
-66
+ ~ ~ R2R10
+
~
~TC12/
PS ~1APR+R1
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
AB
R2R1
BA
R1R2
IVIII
I
A B
BA
R1R2
R1R2
II
(C4.018)
TC
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
AB
R2R1
BA
R1R2
IVIII
I
A B
BA
R1R2
R1R2
II
U2U3U4
U1
~0~12G/T
~0~12G/T
(VD.002)
4
BA
~
PSF5
G/T3
~12~0
1/~
2
SN1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~
PSF5
G/T3
1/~
SE
SN1/~
4
K-SteelSinthesi
R1R1+TC+TC
LINE ~
(C4.018)
LINE ~
C1C2C3C4 U4
U3U2U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
~0~12
4
4
1
1
R1R2
CA
AB
~ ~ ~12~
TC
(VD.002)
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWINGVIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Output
Input
Output
Input
BUTTON MODULEBUTTON MODULE
To the followingmodule
To the followingmodule
To the followingconversation
privacy device
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LockRelease
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
RELAYBOX
TRANSFORMERVIDEO POWER SUPPLY
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
10 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 2 video outdoor stations with automatic switching.When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 8 seconds.During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor station from the service.At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is activated pressing the key .If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. It is not possible therefore to communicate with the 2 video outdoor stations at the same time in that they operate alternatively and are mutually exclusive.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2913B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
725 modelN. 2 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 2 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. 2 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 2 Video adapter Ref. 1742/13AN. 2 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1035/25
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
CU.009 V5.001 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. 725)
2 14+n
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
213+n
TC TC
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
5
5
5
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 11DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 2 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONAutomatic switching during calls (Mod. 725 or Mod. Domus Aura)
(VX.014)
"1"
(VU.002)
(VX.006)
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(VU.002)
(CU.009)(CU.009)
"2"
TC TC
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
Output
Input
Output
Input
RELAYBOX
TV Camera+
adapter
TV Camera+
adapter
Push
button
panel
Push
button
panel
LockRelease
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
LINE~ LINE~
TRANSFORMER LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
VIDEO POWERSUPPLY
LINE~
Name taglighting
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
COLUMN SV102-2913B
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
12 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments. When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is activated pressing the key . If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they work one at a time in automatic switching.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3092D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 4 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 4 Module camera Ref. 1755/30AN. 4 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 3 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/54N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 C4.018 CU.009 V5.001 VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
VX.021Cut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) PS - G/Tb) 4 - F
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2
15+n
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
2
14+n2 2
14+n14+n
TC TC
TC TC
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
5
5
5
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 13DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-3092D
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONE TO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
(C4.016)
(VX.021)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.016)
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
"4"
(C4.007)
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
(C4.008)
(CU.009)
(CU.009)
(VX.006)
(VX.021) (VX.021)
(VX.021)
(VX.008)
(VX.014)
(VX.008)
"3"
"1"
"2"
(C4.016)(CU.009)
(C4.016)(CU.009)
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
II IV
A B
AI
B
A
A
R1
III
B
R2
R2
R2R1
B
R1
BA
~
~12~0
1/~
2
1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~1/~
SE
1/~
K-SteelSinthesi
R1R1+TC +TC
3G/TG/T
55
4PSFSNSN
FPS4TC
(C4.018)
(VD.002)
TC
(VD.002)
TC
LINE~
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
~~~~120
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
(VD.002)
R1R2
CA
AB
~ ~ ~ ~12 0
LINE~
R2 ~0+TC ~12PSR1 ~ ~1/~ ~ ~ ~ ~12
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
II IV
A B
AI
B
A
A
R1
III
B
R2
R2
R2R1
B
R1
~ ~ ~ ~12 0
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
~
~12~0
1/~
2
1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~1/~
SE
1/~
K-Steel Sinthesi
R1 R1+TC+TC
3G/T G/T
5 5
4PSFSN SN
FPS4
(C4.018)
C1C2C3C4 U4
U3U2U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
~0~12
4
41
1
BA
~
~12~0
1/~
2
1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~1/~
SE
1/~
K-SteelSinthesi
R1R1+TC +TC
3G/TG/T
55
4PSFSNSN
FPS4
U2U3U4
U1
~0~12G/T
~0~12G/T
(C4.018)
BA
~
~12~0
1/~
2
1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~1/~
SE
1/~
K-Steel Sinthesi
R1 R1+TC+TC
3G/T G/T
5 5
4PSFSN SN
FPS4
(VD.002)
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
9621R1R2 V3V5
V3SN3
C3
+6
~0SEV5
~12
-6
2
C
R1
1
+TC
2
A
V5
+TCR1
~12
V3
R1-6
+TC
D
SN1
C4
SE SE
-6
1
~12
2
SN4
+6V3
V5
1
C1
~0
+6
~0
B
1
V5
-6
SE
R1
~0
+TC
V3+6
SN2
~12
2
C2
-6I +6R1 ~B~12 ~A ~0R2 SEAP GND+TC-6U
TC
(C4.018)
2 x 82 1/4W
COLUMN
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
DISTRIBUTOR
Input
Output
Output
DISTRIBUTOR
Input
TRANSFORMER
LINE~
COLUMN
INPUT INPUT
To the followingmodule
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
LINE~
To the followingmodule
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
Button module Button module
LINE~
TRANSFORMER
To the followingmodule
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
VOLTAGE
INPUT INPUT
RELAYBOX
TRANSFORMER
To the followingmodule
To the followingconversation
privacy device
Button moduleButton moduleConversation
privacy device
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
Name taglighting
VIDEO POWERSUPPLY
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
14 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments. When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 7 seconds. During this phase, the relay box automatically inserts the relative loudspeaking unit and TV camera, excluding the other video outdoor station from the service. At this point, the user sees the visitor and may respond, if desired, lifting the handset. At the end of the call, only the electric lock of the entrance concerned is activated pressing the key . If, during a conversation, a call is made from the other push button panel towards another video door phone, the fi rst will automatically switch off and the last video door phone called will be activated. In this system it is not possible to speak simultaneously from the four outdoor stations because they work one at a time in automatic switching.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-2806F:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
725 modelN. 4 Panel with N buttons Mod. 725N. 4 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1035/67N. 4 Camera Ref. 725/600N. 4 Video adapter Ref. 1742/13AN. 4 Front plate Ref. 725/601-/602N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1035/25
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Panels with anodized aluminium front plate Mod. 725” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 3 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/54N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
CU.009 V5.001 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014 VU.002
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONETO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725)
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2
15+n
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
2
14+n2 2
14+n14+n
TC TC
TC TC
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
5
5
5
5
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 15DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONETO 4 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATIONS
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. 725)
SV102-2806F
"2"
(VU.002)
"1"
(VX.008)
COLUMN
(VX.008)
(VX.006)
(CU.009)
(CU.009)
(CU.009)
"3"
(VU.002)
(VU.002)
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
"4"
(VU.002)
(CU.009)
RELAYBOX
(VX.014)
(VX.008)
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
II IV
A B
AI
B
A
A
R1
III
B
R2
R2
R2R1
B
R1
P. E.
~
5SN
2
4PS
31/~
~~~120~
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
2 x 82 1/4W
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
II IV
A B
AI
B
A
A
R1
III
B
R2
R2
R2R1
B
R1
P. E.
~
5SN
2
4PS
31/~
~
R1R2
CA
AB
TC
BA
R1+TC
~ ~ ~ ~12 0
R1R2
CA
AB
TC
COLUMN
9621R1R2 V3V5
-6
+TC
V3
C4
V3
C3
+6
2
+6
R1
1
R1
SN4
2+TC
-6
SN3
1
C D
+TCR1
AR1
+TC
A
-
SN2
AP~
TC
G~
12
N
2
I
+6
6~
1
C2SN1
~
V3
6+
B
B
C1
+6
0
-6
H+
SE
R1
V3
-6
N12R2 D
V5~12~0SE
~0~12V5
SE
~0~12V5
SE
V5
SE
~12~0
BA
R1+TC
~ ~ ~ ~12 0
TC
11 44
P. E.
~
5SN
2
4PS
31/~
BA
R1+TC
R1R2
CA
AB
11 44
BA
R1+TC
1/SER1
1R2
2~ SE
0 RAP +
12+ ~R2 PSTC
R1
~
~6-
6+
TV Camera+
Adapter
TV Camera+
Adapter
TV Camera+
Adapter
TV Camera+
Adapter
~~~~120
TCP. E.
~
5SN
2
4PS
31/~
Output
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Input
Output
Input
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
LINE ~
TRANSFORMER
LockRelease
LockRelease
LockRelease
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
LINE~
LINE
~LINE
TRANSFORMER
~LINE
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
VIDEO POWER SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
INPUT INPUT
INPUT INPUT
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
16 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This type of system is used to connect a video door phone column to an automatically switching video door unit or door unit.A two-tone electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone speaker when a call button is pressed on either of the two panels; the picture appears on the screen after approximately seven seconds if the call was made by the video door unit.The video door phone will not light up and the video door phone will work as a normal door phone if the call is made from thcamera unit and panel. Press at the end of the call to open the concerned door electrical lock only.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3121C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref.1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/30AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. 1 Relay box Ref. 788/51N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.006 C4.007 C4.008 C4.016 C4.018 CU.009V5.001 VD.002 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
VX.021aCut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) PS - G/T b) 4 - F
VX.021bCut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) 4 - F
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONETO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
VIDEODISTRIBUTORE
VIDEODISTRIBUTORE
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
TC
2 8+n 214+n
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 17DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-3121C
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL VIDEO DOOR PHONETO 1 VIDEO DOOR UNIT AND 1 DOOR UNIT
Automatic switching during calls (Mod. Sinthesi o K-Steel)
(VX.014)
(VX.006)
(VX.008)
(VX.021a)
TRANSFORMER
(VX.008)
Mod. K-Steel/Sinthesi
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(VX.021b)
(C4.008)
(CU.009)
(C4.007)
(C4.016)
Mod. K-Steel/Sinthesi
(C4.006)
(CU.009)(C4.016)
BA
~
F
~12~0
1/~
2
1
C1C2
~0~12
C2C1
BA
~
F
1/~
SE
1/~
K-Steel Sinthesi
3G/TG/T
44PSPS
5 5SNSN
R1R1+TC+TC
U2U3U4
U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
~0~12
~ ~+TC
R112~
0~ PS 1/~ R1 R2R2+R +6-6
1
4
G/T
~0
4
~12G/T 1
C1
C4C3C2
U4U3U2U1
~0~12
R1R2
CA
AB
U1G/T G/T
1/~
2
1
34
~
FPS
C1C2
5SN
~12~0
~12~0
~~~~12
TC
R1R2
CA
AB
~~~~120
BA
R2R1
AB
R2R1
III
I
A B
BA R1
R2
II
BA
R1
B
R2
A
R2
R2
R1
R1
IV
LINE~
2 x 82 1/4W
(C4.018)
BA
R2R1
AB
R2R1
III
I
A B
BA R1
R2
II
BA
R1
B
R2
A
R2
R2
R1
R1
IV
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
LINE~LINE~
TV CAMERA
(VD.002)
C1
4
2SN11
C2
3SN2
~12~0
965
13
12
7
1511
8
1410
Output
Input
Output
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Input
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
LockRelease
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
ELECTRICLOCK
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
To thefollowingmodule
BUTTON MODULE
To thefollowingmodule
BUTTON MODULE
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
VIDEO POWER SUPPLY
RELAYBOX
AMPLIFIEDLOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
To the followingconversationprivacy device
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
18 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones continue to service towards the secondary.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3060B:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1+K Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1+K Module camera Ref. 1755/30AN. 1+K Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40N. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 1090/850
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007 C4.008 C4.014 C4.017 CU.009V5.001 VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
VX.021aCut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) 4 - F
VX.021bCut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) P1 - P2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
5 5
55
22
5 5
5
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
5
2
11+k(n+1)
8+n8+n
14+n14+n
TCTC
TC
2 x 82Ω 1/4W 2 x 82Ω 1/4W
K= quantity of columns
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 19DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-3060B
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary video outdoor station(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
BOX
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(VX.021a)
(VX.006)
(VX.021b)(VX.008)
ADDITIONAL POWERSUPPLY UNIT
Calls
TO THE FOLLOWING
COLUMN
(VX.014)
(VX.008)
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TRANSFORMER
SECONDARY
(CU.009)(C4.017)
(VX.008)
(VX.014)
(C4.014)
RELAY
(VX.021a)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
MAIN
(CU.009)(C4.017)
2 x 82 -1/4W
~~~~12
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2 BA
I
R2R1 BA
R1R2
BA
R2R1
AB
R1R2
AB
R1R2
AB
IV
II
III
LINE~
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
R2R1
AB
R2R1
BA
R1R2
IVII
I III
A
A B
B
U4U3U2U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
C1C2C3C4
1 4
1 4
~0~12
Sinthesi K-Steel
BA
~
~12~0
1/~
2
R1+TC
3
BA
~1/~
SE
1/~
R1+TC
3
55
PSFSNSN
FPS4
1
0
230
P2
P1
GNDoutV
3
12
6
C2
9
101 13
SN2
11 14
15
SN1
4
2
7C1
8
~0~12
5
x
U4U3U2U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
C1C2C3C4
1 4
1 4
~0~12
TC
0
230
R2
1/~
~12~0
R1
-6+6
+R
+TCPS
R1R2AP
SE2SE3
SE1
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
G/T
U2U3U4
U1
G/T~12~0
~12~0
LINE ~
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
R2R1
AB
R2R1
BA
R1R2
IVII
I III
A
A B
B
(VD.002)
G/T
U2U3U4
U1
G/T~12~0
~12~0
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
MAIN ~
R1R2
CA
AB
G/T
U2U3U4
U1
G/T~12~0
~12~0
K-Steel Sinthesi
SN
1/~~
F5
1/~
3
45
2
PS3
SE
PS
~
FSN
1/~1
+TC +TCR1
AABB
R1
~12~0
LINE ~
TC
2 x 821/4W
~0
~
~
~12
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
TC
LINE ~
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
~~~~012
(VD.002)
1st COLUMN 2nd COLUMN
AS 1ST COLUMN
Output
Input
Output
Input
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
To thefollowingmodule
To thefollowingmodule
BUTTON MODULE
BUTTON MODULE
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
To the followingconversation
privacy device
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
TV CAMERA UNITAMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
TV CAMERA UNITAMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
VIDEO POWERSUPPLY
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
20 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
This system is particularly suitable for residential properties where it is necessary to connect the single villas to a proper video outdoor station and to a common one located at the main entry.
During calling the video door phone is automatically switched on the main video outdoor station or to the secondary one of its own group, by means of the switching relay. The services for secondary video outdoor stations are independent, so that they be realized simultaneously. When the call is coming from the main video outdoor station, only the group of the called video door phone is switched on it, the other ones continue to service towards the secondary.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3094D:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Artico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1705/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1705/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/20-/21-/22N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module camera Ref. 1755/30AN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. K Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. K Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. X Button modules Ref.1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14AN. K Module with door unit Ref. 1155/30-/31-/32AN. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. K Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Transformer Ref. 9000/230N. K Relay box Ref. 788/51N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40N. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 1090/850N. X Kit of 10 diodes Ref. 1131/4
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
C4.007 C4.008 C4.014 C4.017 CU.009V5.001 VD.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
VX.021aCut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) 4 - F
VX.021bCut or remove the jumpers on the device(s):a) P1 - P2
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
5 5
55
22
5 5
5
4+n
4+n
5
5
5
5
5
2
11+k(n+1)
8+n8+n
14+n14+n
TCTC
TC
2 x 82Ω 1/4W 2 x 82Ω 1/4W
K= quantity of columns
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 21DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL SETS OF VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 MAIN VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
Each column is also connected to its own secondary outdoor station(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
SV102-3094D
(VX.014)
(C4.007)(C4.008)
(C4.014)
(VX.021a)
(VX.006)
(VX.021a)
(VX.021b)(VX.008)
(C4.008)(C4.007)
(CU.009)(C4.017)
(VX.014)
(VX.008)
(CU.009)(C4.017)
(VX.008)
~0~12
11
14C1
8
5
9
SN2
SN12
36
C2
12
10
7
2 x 821/4W
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
R2R1
AB
R2R1
BA
R1R2
IVII
I III
A
A B
B
G/T
U2U3U4
U1
G/T~12~0
~12~0
U4U3U2U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
C1C2C3C4
1 4
1 4
~0~12
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
MAIN ~
(VD.002)
G/T
U2U3U4
U1
G/T~12~0
~12~0
R1R2
CA
AB
LINE ~
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
G/T
U2U3U4
U1
G/T~12~0
~12~0
R1R2 BA
I
R2R1 BA
R1R2
BA
R2R1
AB
R1R2
AB
R1R2
AB
IV
II
III
0
230
P2
P1
GNDoutV
K-Steel Sinthesi
1/~~
5
1/~
3
45
2
PS3
SE
PS
~
1/~1
+TC +TCR1
AABB
R1
~12~0
F FSNSN
x
~
TC
R1R2
CA
AB
~0
~
~
~12
R1R2
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
R2R1
AB
R2R1
BA
R1R2
IVII
I III
A
A B
B
R1R2
CA
AB
~1/~
2
1
3
5SNFPS4
~
R1R2
CA
AB
~
R2
1/~
~12~0
R1
-6+6
+R
SE1
R1R2
+TCPS
AP
SE2SE3
~
~~~~012
~~~~12
R1R2
CA
AB
~0~12
U3U2
~0~12G/T
G/TU1
U4
U4U3U2U1
~0~12
G/T
G/T
C1C2C3C4
1 4
1 4
~0~12
2 x 82 -1/4W
1st COLUMN 2nd COLUMN
AS 1ST COLUMN
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
To thefollowingmodule
BUTTON MODULECONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICE
To the followingconversationprivacy device
Name taglighting
Name taglighting
LockRelease
ELECTRICLOCK
AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
ADDITIONAL POWERSUPPLY UNIT
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
LINE
Output
Input
Calls
TO THE FOLLOWINGCOLUMN
BOXRELAY
VIDEO POWERSUPPLY
To thefollowingmodule
BUTTON MODULE
TRANSFORMER
LINE~LINE
Name taglighting
Name taglightingLock
Release
ELECTRICLOCK
TV CAMERA UNITAMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING
UNIT
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
22 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time
FUNCTION
This system allows the connection of a column of video door phones to 4 video outdoor stations with automatic switching. Therefore, it is suitable for a building with 4 entrances common to all apartments. When a visitor presses a call button on one of the two push button panels, in the called apartment the bitonal electronic call is sent to the corresponding video door phone loudspeaker and the image appears on the screen after about 7 seconds.
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3166C:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1745/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
or
K-Steel modelN. 1 Module with camera and door unit Ref. 1755/21
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “K-Steel modular vandal-proof panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. 1 Supplementary power supply Ref. 789/3N. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
V5.001 VD.002 VX.008
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
9
8
2
6
6
5
5
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 23DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
CONNECTION OF 4 VIDEO DOOR PHONES TO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION(Mod. Sinthesi or Mod. K-Steel)
The video door unit calls the 4 video door phones in parallel with switch-on at the same time
(VX.008)
(VX.008)
1/~~
R1
C1
SE
Sinthesi
1/~
R1
1/~~
K-Steel
C1
BBA A
F5
PS4PS
5F
4
G/TG/T
SNSN
+TC +TC
~12~0
SE
1/~1/~
V2
R2 inR1
RL
~
~
R1R2 out
R3
R1
CA
A
R2
B
RD
TC
GCA
AB
RD
R2R1
(VD.002)
II
B B
IVAA
AIII
BAB
I
R1R2R2R1
R1R2R2R1
BA R2R1
A B R2R1
2 x 82 1/4W
~12SE2R2
~0
~
1/~
R1
R1R2
+R
SE1
AP-6+6
PS
+TC
~
POWER SUPPLY
LINE~
Output
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
Input
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
LINE~ELECTRIC
LOCK
Lock Release
RD
G
R1
CA
A
R2
B
RD
G
R1
CA
A
R2
B
SV102-3166C
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
24 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
FUNCTION
The 5-wire video door phone system implements conversation privacy, call and door opener functions in normal door phone systems with only 5 wires in the riser column: 4 commons + 1 single for each device.The door unit is powered with only two wires and a transformer at 12V~.The most interesting application of a 5-wire system is in old buildings where a door phone system is already fi tted. The existing system can be transformed into a video door phone system without adding wires to the column or in the apartments.Specifi c conversation privacy circuits must be fi tted in the panel for ensuring conversation privacy for all video door phones in the system (one for each button). All video door phones are normally deactivated (no sound is heard when the handset is picked up); only the video door phone called from the door can start the conversation. No other users can cut into the call. The voice circuit of the called video door phone remains activate until the following call is made from the panel to another device.The door opening function is connected to conversation privacy; this means that a user must be called to be able to open the electrical lock.
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi)
EQUIPMENT
The following devices are needed for the system illustrated in diagram SV102-3122E:
VIDEO DOOR PHONE REFERENCES
Atlantico modelN. X Video door phone Ref. 1702/40N. X Bracket Ref. 1202/955
or
Modello Utopia N. X Video door phone Ref. 1703/1N. X Bracket Ref. 1703/955
VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
TC
Sinthesi modelN. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14N. 1 Module camera Ref. 1745/40N. 1 Video adapter Ref. 1742/13AN. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21N. 1 Amplifi ed door unit Ref. 1145/67N. X/4 Conversation privacy device Ref. 1145/74
The panels must be installed in fl ush-mounting boxes with module holder frames or in cases with hood for wall-mounted versions. Refer to “Sinthesi panel” section of Doorphone and Videodoorphone system - product technical manual.
POWER SUPPLY REFERENCES
N. 1 Video power supply Ref. 789/5BN. X Video distributor Ref. 955/40
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)
CU.009 V5.001 VU.002 VX.006 VX.008 VX.014
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
2 10+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n
4+n 4+n
4+n4+n
2 x 82Ω 1/4W
TC
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 25DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-3122E
(VX.006)
(VU.002)
(CU.009)
(VX.008)
(VX.014)
TC
~
~12~0
~
2 x 82 1/4W
A
R2
R2
A
II
R1
IV
B
R1
B
B
III
R2
A
R1
R1
B
A
R2
A R1
A
R2
R2R1B
B
I
14
14U4U3U2U1
C4~0~12
C1G/T
C3
G/T
C2~0~12
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
A
R2
R2
A
II
R1
IV
B
R1
B
B
III
R2
A
R1
R1
B
A
R2
A R1
A
R2
R2R1B
B
I
C2
F54
~2
1
PS
1/~
SN
G/T3
U1
C1
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2+TCR1
-6+R
+6
~
~
~0
PS
R2
SE2APSE1
1/~
~12
R1R2
CA
AB
R1+TC
BAR2
T
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR
LINE~
Name taglighting
LIGHT BULBTRANSFORMER
To the followingmodule
BUTTONS MODULE
To the followingconversation
privacy devices
CONVERSATIONPRIVACY DEVICES
Name taglighting
TV CAMERA UNIT
AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
ELECTRIC LOCK
LockRelease
LINE~ VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
CONNECTION OF SEVERAL COLOUR VIDEO DOOR PHONESTO 1 VIDEO OUTDOOR STATION
(Mod. Sinthesi)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
26 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-3239: CONNECTION OF 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE AND 1 DOOR PHONETO 1 RISING COLUMN. SINGLE CALLS
SV102-1710D: CONNECTION OF ONE DOOR PHONE IN PARALLEL TO 1 VIDEO DOOR PHONE
SV102-1712F: CONNECTION OF TWO VIDEO DOOR PHONES IN PARALLEL
SV102-1710D
SV102-1712F
Ref.955/40
FROM RISING COLUMN
calls
2x 82 1/4W
B R1R2A
Output
Input
A
R2
R2
A
IIIII
B
B
B
IV
A
R1
R1
B
A
R1R2
R2R1
B
R1R2
A
A
R2
B
R1
I
R1R2
CA
AB
2
CA11
VIDEODISTRIBUTOR
SV102-3239
1
2
CA1
R1R2
CA
AB
A A
I
B
B
BA
B
A
B
R2R1
A
A
R1
B
R2
IV
II
III
R1R2 R2
R1
R1R2 R2
R1
EQUIPMENTIN PARALLEL
FROM COLUMN
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Singlecall COMMONS
Input
Output
A A
II
B
B
BA
B
A
B
R2R1
A
A
R1
B
R2
R1R1R2 R2
R1R1R2 R2
IVI
III
0
230
R2
in
RL
R2
out
V2
R1
CA
AB
R1R2
CA
AB
R1R2
EQUIPMENTIN PARALLEL
FROM COLUMN
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Singlecall COMMONS
Input
Output
LINE~
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/2
(VX.008)
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
sec.1e−−−− 27DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-1470C
LINE~
S3S1
C6
~012~ A A
I
B
B
BA
B
A
B
R2R1
A
A
R1
B
R2
IV
II
III
R1R2 R2
R1
R1R2 R2
R1
~12
~0
~~
R1R2
CA
AB
FROM COLUMN
Singlecall COMMONS
Input
Output
CHIME12 V~
CALLREPEATER RELAYRef.788/52
TRANSFORMERRef.9000/230(VX.008)
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
SV102-1470C: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/52FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
SV102-3240: CONNECTION OF A CALL REPEATER RELAY Ref. 788/22FOR OPERATING ADDITIONAL RINGER
SV102-3238: EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION FOR RELEASING DOOR LOCKDURING A CALL BY THE VIDEO DOOR PHONE
(VX.008)
Ref.9000/230TRANSFORMER
2x 82 1/4W
~12 0
~~~
A A
I
B
B
BA
B
A
B
R2R1
A
A
R2
B
R1
IV
II
III
R1R2 R2
R1
R1R2 R2
R1
LINE~
CH-CH+
CNA
R1R2
CA
AB
~
~12
B R2R1A
RINGERRef.9854/40
CALLREPEATER RELAYRef.788/22
calls
FROM RISING COLUMN
Input
Output
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
SV102-3240
SV102-3238
ELECTRICALLOCK TIMERRef.1032/81
SWITCHNNF
(C4.023)(VX.021)
-/~SE2
+24+12/~-/~
NC
APNOC
CA
AB
R1R2
A
I
BA
B
B
R2R1
A
A
R1
B
R2
IV
II
III
R1R2
R2R1
B
R1
A
R2
B
R1
A
R2
MAIN~
~0
230
~12
0
NC
CH-CH+
0LNA
+L+
CCALL
REPEATER RELAYRef.788/22
TRANSFORMERRef.9000/230
FROM COLUMN
Singlecall COMMONS
Input
Output
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
S
28 −−−− sec.1e DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
MS
SV102-2978C
EXAMPLE OF SIGNAL A, SIGNAL B AND POWER (R1, R2) DISTRIBUTION ON SEVERAL COLUMNS
955/40
R1
A B R1R2
R2A B R1
R2
BA
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
I
II
IV
III
R1
A B R1R2
R2A B R1
R2
BA
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
I
II
IV
III
R1
A B
R2
BA
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
I
II
IV
III
R2R1
A BR1R2
R1R2
R1
A B R2R1
R2A B R1
R2
AB
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
Input
I II
IVIII
2 x 82Ohm 1/4W
2 x 82Ohm 1/4W2 x 82Ohm 1/4W
R1
A B
R2
BA
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
BA
R2R1
I
II
IV
III
R1R2
A BR1R2
TC
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Output
Input
VIDEODISTRIBUTORRef.955/40
Output
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY
VIDEO OUTDOOR
TO THEFOLLOWINGCOLUMN
TO THEFOLLOWINGCOLUMN
The video power unit Ref. 789/5B can power up to 8 video distributors Ref. 955/40 if Atlantico, or Scaitel monitors are not installed in parallel in the system.The closing resistors must not be present on the video door phone brackets.
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 1DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTRUCTIONS FOR URMET DOMUS DEVICE INTERCHANGEABILITY
SECTION 1F(REV.B)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
2 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 3DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCHANGEABLE DEVICES
INTERCHANGEABLE DEVICES
Some devices replace previous models and may be used as spare parts.The correspondence between versions is:
(*) Not available in Italy.
786/1 786/11 23
786/5A 786/15 4
786/14 786/11 or 786/12 (*) 23
787/4 786/4 7
789 789/1A 6
789 789/5B 6
789/1A 789/5B 6
1840/22 1090/850 7
4340/20 752/20 8
7073 789/1A 9
7073/1 789/1A 9
7073/2 789/1A 9
7073/5A 789/2 16
9006/1 786/11 12
9006/2 786/11 12
9006/3 786/3A 14
9006/5 786/15 5
9006/14 786/11 or 786/12 (*) 12
9006/22 786/11 or 786/12 (*) 12
9008/14 786/38A 14
788/1 788/51 16
788/5 788/52 17
788/4 788/54 19
788/8 788/58 18
788/11 788/52 15
788/21 788/52 15
788/30 788/52 17
4330/31 788/51 16
4340/11 788/52 15
4520/10 788/52 15
9330 (II series) 788/52 17
9332/1 788/51 16
9332/5 788/52 17
9332/8 788/58 18
9000/20 9000/230 or 9000/110 (*) 18
1201/1 Ranger 1702/1 Atlantico 20
1201/10 1702/1 Atlantico 20
1704/1 Sentry 1705/1 Artico 22
1704/1A Sentry+ 1705/1 Artico 22
1704/10 Sentry 1705/1 Artico 22
1704/10A Sentry+ 1705/1 Artico 22
1704/90 1704/102 22
1704/955 1704/102 22
4340/23 752/23 8
7081/1 Vedette 1704/20 Sentry+ 20
7091/1 Sentinel 1704/20 Sentry+ 20
7101/1 Explorer 1704/20 Sentry+ 20
5150/500 1128/500 14
PREVIOUS MODEL SEE PAGENEW MODEL
POWER UNITS
RELAY DEVICES
TRANSFORMERS
DOOR UNITS
APARTMENTSTATIONS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
4 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15
The 786/15 relay power unit can replace the following obsolete models:• Ref. 9006/5• Ref. 786/38A
Follow the following diagrams according to the type of system in which the power unit is being replaced for correct connection.
ELECTRONIC CALL INTERCOM SYSTEMS AND DOOR UNIT
REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15
2 9 SN235 PS SN1-J ~12~06 PS27 81 + C14- C2
C1 SN21A ~12-P1P 2 C22P +- PS SN1-J 61 ~0 ~18Ref.786/5A
Ref.786/15
With single calls from door unit and door phones without buzzer.
With single call from door unit and door phones with buzzer.
With single calls from door unit and door phones with buzzer (differential call)
Ref.786/5A
Ref.786/15
PS~02P -P SN11P 6 C2-1 SN2 ~181A 2 C1-J ~12+
6 ~121 + SN25 - PS C1C2 PS282 -J 7 SN13 9 ~04
Ref.786/15
Ref.786/5A
-J PS21 SN2+ 4 PS7- ~12 SN1~0 C2832 C195 6
C11A SN2C2- -P+2 2P ~18~0-J 6 PS1P1 ~12 SN1
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 5DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY POWER UNIT Ref. 786/5A AND Ref. 9006/5 WITH Ref. 786/15
TRADITIONAL CALL INTERCOM SYSTEMS AND DOOR UNIT
With single calls from door unit and door phones with buzzer.
Ref.786/5A 1A ~0 C1 C2+ ~181 ~12- PS2 -P 62P SN1-J1P SN2
C2 SN1~01 4+- PS2 SN2PS C126 75 -J3 9 8 ~12Ref.786/15
1 ~01P +6 ~18SN262 -62P ~12 SN1Ref.9006/5
C2 SN1~01 4+- PS2 SN2PS C126 75 -J3 9 8 ~12Ref.786/15
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
6 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 WITH Ref. 789/1A
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 AND Ref. 789/1A WITH Ref. 789/5B
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 WITH Ref. 789/1A
The 789/1A power unit can replace the obsolete 789 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 789 AND Ref. 789/1A WITH Ref. 789/5B
The 789/5B video power unit has the following characteristics:1) It must be powered at 230 V exclusively.
2) It can only be used in video door phone systems with electronic call system (it only has a PS output, no SN output).
3) It can power only two video door phones in stand-by mode (V2).
4) It can power up to 10 video distributors.
5) It is not provided with a -J output for intercom service.
It can therefore replace the Ref. 789 and Ref. 789/1A power units only in systems with the characteristics and limitations above.In these cases, the terminals correspond as follows:
SV102-1814B
Ref. 789 Ref. 789/1A
-
230
~0
~12
~A
~B
+6
-6
PS
SN
1/~
R1
R2
+TC
0
110
230
~0
~12
~A
~B
PS
-6
+6
SN
R1
1/~
R2
+TC
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
AP
SE1
SE2
+6J
-J
AP
SE1
+6J
SE2
-J
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
VOLTAGEUNIT
ELECTRONICUNIT
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/5B
(230V)
POWER SUPPLY Ref.789(230V)
Ref.789/1(110/230V)
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 7DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 1840/22 WITH Ref. 1090/850
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 787/4 WITH Ref. 786/4
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 1840/22 WITH Ref. 1090/850
The 1090/850 power unit can replace the obsolete 1840/22 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 787/4 WITH Ref. 786/4
The Ref. 786/4 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 787/4 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 1840/22 Ref. 1090/850
~230
~24
~24
+ (12)
- (12)
-
-
0
~230
Not available
Not available
Vout
GND
P1
P2
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
Notes
-
(#)
(#)
-
-
(#) If a 24Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.2 Aac(∗) because the device 1840/22 actually outputs approximate 14.3 Vdc
Remove the jumper between
terminals P1 and P2 (*)
Ref. 787/4 Ref. 786/4
110
230
~0
~12
+6
-6
-J
PS
PS1
1/~
SN
NA
NC
C
0
110
230
~0
~12
+6
-6
PS1
PS
-J
1/~
NA
SN
NC
C
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
8 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING DOOR PHONE TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 4340/20 WITH Ref. 752/20
REPLACING TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM DOOR PHONE APARTMENT STATION Ref. 4340/23 WITH Ref. 752/23
REPLACING DOOR PHONE TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 4340/20 WITH Ref. 752/20
REPLACING TWO-CHANNEL SYSTEM DOOR PHONE APARTMENT STATION Ref. 4340/23 WITH Ref. 752/23
The Ref. 752/20 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 4340/20 model.The Ref. 752/23 two-channel door phone apartment station replaces the Ref. 4340/23 model.The correspondence between device terminals is shown in the following diagram.
SC101-0211B
(VX.014)
-/~+/~
(VX.006)
(VD.007)
(VD.007)
(C4.009)(C4.009)(C4.009)
(C4.007)
~
~12
~
~021
~0~12
G/T
~0~12
G/T U4U3U2U1
G/TU1
LG/T2
U2
~12~0
-+M+
ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK ELECTRIC LOCK
twistedcoupledwires
twistedcoupledwires
twistedcoupled wires
To bulb
transformer
To bulb
transformer
To bulbtransformer
4340/27 PANELAND DOOR UNIT
KOMBI FREE-HANDS PANELAND DOOR UNIT
TO THEFOLLOWINGMODULE
Name taglighting
PUSHBUTTONSMODULE
Loudspeakermodule
Microphonemodule
INDOOR SET Ref.4340/23
INDOOR SETRef.752/23TO THE FOLLOWING INDOOR SETS
POWER SUPPLY Ref.752/20
POWER SUPPLY Ref.4340/20
MAINS ~MAINS ~
LockRelease
TRANSFORMER
MAIN ~
Name taglighting
C4.009 - IMPORTANT Use cord pairs.
VD.007 = Floor call button.
C4.007 - Sinthesi models only:See instruction booklet provided withproduct for connecting terminals G/T,~0 and ~12 between modules.
VX.014 - Dusk switch or similar devicefor switching lights on, whererelevant.
VX.006 - See the instruction bookprovided with the product for fittingthe accessory in the device.
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 9DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
The Ref. 789/1 A power unit replace the previous Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 and Ref. 7073/2 power units in all systems except for:
1) Systems with Vidicon camera: Mod. 789 power units are not provided with + LA, -LA outputs for powering lamps.
2) Continuously powered systems.
3) Systems with more than 20 video door phones monitors in stand-by: in this case use a 6 Vdc power unit providing suitable output current considering that the average consumption of a video door phone in stand-by is 60 mAcc.
4) Systems with simultaneous operation of 2 or more video door phones: in this case, power each supplementary video door phone using local power unit Ref. 789/2.
5) The Ref. 789/1 video power unit (110-230V) consists of two units connected using the specifi c wire and plugs (C).
The power unit Ref. is 789/101 (110-230V).The electronic unit Ref. is 789/102.
Jumpers ~0, ~A and ~12, ~B are pre-fi tted.
+
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/1(110/230V)
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.7073 OR
7073/1
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.7073/2
CALLGENERATORRef.787/1
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.7073/1
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
10 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
SCOUT AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY)
The Ref. 787/1 tone generator is not used because it is replaced by a generator inside the Ref. 789/1 A power unit.Connect jumpers SE1, ~12 during installation.
SV102-0583A
SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY)
SV102-0582A
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/1A(110/230V)
MAINS ~ MAINS ~
VOLTAGEUNIT
ELECTRONICUNIT
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.7073/1
LOCKRELEASE
ELECTRICLOCK
CCD TV CAMERA UNIT
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
L.U.
TV CAMERA UNIT
TONEGENERATORRef.787/1
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/1A(110/230V)
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
VOLTAGEUNIT
ELECTRONICUNIT
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.7073/1
LOCKRELEASE ELECTRIC
LOCK
CCD TV CAMERA UNIT
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
L.U.
TV CAMERA UNIT
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 11DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER WITH SWITCHBOARD AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (CCD CAMERA ONLY)
Cut the existing jumpers between terminals ~ A, ~0 and between ~B, ~12 of the Ref. 789/1A power unit during installation.SV102-0584A
SENTINEL, EXPLORER AND RANGER AND CAMERA SYSTEMS (VIDICON CAMERA)
The Ref. 789/1A power unit is not provided with +LA and -LA outputs. An auxiliary ~24 V transformer, minimum 24 W (not included), and Ref. 788/5 control relay is needed to power the lights.
SV102-0655A
REPLACING VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073, Ref. 7073/1 AND Ref. 7073/2 WITH Ref. 789/1A
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/1A (110/230V)
POWER SUPPLY Ref.786/3
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
VOLTAGEUNIT
ELECTRONICUNIT
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLY Ref.7073/1
LOCKRELEASE
ELECTRICLOCK
CCD TV CAMERA UNIT
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
L.U.
TV CAMERA UNIT
NOTE
COMMONSSINGLES
STANDARDHOUSE
SWITCHBOARD
POWER SUPPLYRef.789/1(110/230V)
VIDEOPOWER SUPPLYRef.7073/1
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
MAINS ~
VOLTAGEUNIT
ELECTRONICUNIT
ELECTRICLOCK
PUSH BUTTON
PANEL
L.U.
TV CAMERA UNIT
LOCKRELEASE
VIDICON TYPETV CAMERA
TRANSFORMER24V~ 25W
RELAYRef.9332/5
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
12 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11
The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the following obsolete models:• Ref. 9006/1• Ref. 9006/2• Ref. 9006/14• Ref. 9006/22
The terminals correspond as follows:
(∗) Not available in Italy.(#) If a 18Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram:
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11
Ref. 9006/1 Ref. 786/11
~220
~0
~12
+6
-6
-J
~0
~230
~0
~12
+6
-6
-J
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
Ref. 9006/2 Ref. 786/11
~220
~0
~12
+6
-6
~0
~230
~0
~12
+6
-6
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
Ref. 9006/14 Ref. 786/11
~110
~220
~240
~0
~12
~18
+6
-6
-J
~0
Not available
~230
Not available
~0
~12
Not available
-J
-6
+6
0
Ref. 786/12 (∗)
~110
Not available
Not available
~0
~12
Not available
Notes
(#)
-J
-6
+6
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
MAINS~
MAINS~
18Vca
-J-6+6
~0~12
~
~
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 13DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
(∗) Not available in Italy.(#) If a 24Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram:
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNITS Ref. 9006/1, 9006/2, 9006/14 AND 9006/22 WITH Ref. 786/11
Ref. 9006/22 Ref. 786/11
~110
~220
~240
~0
~12
~24
+6
-6
-J
~0
Not available
~230
Not available
~0
~12
Not available
-J
-6
+6
0
Ref. 786/12 (∗)
~110
Not available
Not available
~0
~12
Not available
Notes
(#)
-J
-6
+6
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
24Vca
-J-6+6
~0~12
~
~
MAINS~
MAINS~
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
14 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING SWITCHBOARD SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 9006/3 WITH Ref. 786/3A
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 9008/14 WITH Ref. 786/38A
REPLACING DOOR UNIT Ref. 5150/500 WITH Ref. 1128/500
REPLACING SWITCHBOARD SYSTEM POWER UNIT Ref. 9006/3 WITH Ref. 786/3A
The Ref. 786/3A power unit can replace the obsolete 9006/3 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 9008/14 WITH Ref. 786/38A
The Ref. 786/38A power unit can replace the obsolete 9008/14 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING DOOR UNIT Ref. 5150/500 WITH Ref. 1128/500
Ref. 9006/3 Ref. 786/3
~110
~220
~240
~0
~12
-15
+15
~0
Not available
~230
Not available
~0
~12
-15
+15
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
Ref. 9008/14 Ref. 786/38A
~110
~220
~240
~0
~12
~18
+6
-6
-J
~0
~110
~230
Not available
~0
~12
~18
-J
-6
+6
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
Ref. 5150/500 Ref. 1128/500
-
1
1A
2
+
-
1
1A
2
+
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 15DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 788/21, Ref. 788/11, Ref. 4340/11 AND Ref. 4520/10 WITHRef. 788/52
The 788/52 relay box can replace the following obsolete models:• Ref. 788/11• Ref. 788/21• Ref. 4340/11• Ref. 4520/10
The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 788/21, Ref. 788/11, Ref. 4340/11 AND Ref. 4520/10 WITH Ref. 788/21
Ref. 788/11 Ref. 788/52
~12 - R1 - 1
2 - 7
~0
CA
C
6
S1
2
0~
CA
S1
6
C
12~
S2 - S3 S3
Ref. 4340/11 Ref. 788/52
~12
~0
CA
6
S1
12~
0~
S1
6
CA
S3 S3
Ref. 788/21 Ref. 788/52
~12 (R1-1)
C
CA
0~
6
12~
C
6
0~
CA
2-7 2
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S1
S2
S5
S4
S3
S6 S6
Ref. 4520/10 Ref. 788/52
R1
7
2
1
S1
15
S1
2
2
15
S2 S3
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
16 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 9332/1, Ref. 4330/31 and Ref. 788/1 WITH Ref. 788/1
REPLACING SUPPLEMENTARY VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073/5A WITH Ref. 789/2
REPLACING RELAY BOXES Ref. 9332/1, Ref. 4330/31 AND Ref. 788/1 WITH Ref. 788/1
The Ref. 788/51 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/1 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
Note : Terminals C1, C2, ~12 of relay Ref. 788/51 must be connected together by jumpers and connected to ~12.Note ∗: Terminal not present in Ref. 9332/1 and Ref. 788/51. Add power wire ~0.
REPLACING SUPPLEMENTARY VIDEO DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 7073/5A WITH Ref. 789/2
The Ref. 789/2 power unit can replace the obsolete Ref. 7073/5 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
Ref. 4330/31 Ref. 9332/1 Ref. 788/1 Ref. 788/51
2P
2S
4P
4
4S
AP/P
AP
AP/S
3P
3
3S
.
.
.
PUL/P
PUL/P
♦ A
B
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
13
14
SN1
SN2
♦ SN
∗
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
13
14
SN1
SN2
C1
C2
~12
~0
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
13
14
SN1
SN2
C1
C2
~12
~0
2
Ref. 7073/5 Ref. 789/2
~110
~230
R2 in
R2 out
RL
R1
V2
0
Not available
~230
R2 in
R2 out
RL
R1
V2
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 17DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52
The Ref. 788/52 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/5 and 788/5 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52
The Ref. 788/52 relay box can replace the obsolete 9330 II series model (which is not provided with a 150 ohm resistor in series with terminal 12) and 788/30 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52
Ref. 9332/5 Ref. 788/5
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
14
Ref. 788/52
15
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
14
CONTACTS
RELAY
Ref. 9330 (II series) Ref. 788/30
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
6
9
11
10
12
14
CONTACTS
RELAY
Ref. 788/52
15
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
-
-
S6
-
-
-
-
14
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
18 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/8 AND Ref. 788/8 WITH Ref. 788/58
REPLACING 12VAC TRANSFORMER Ref. 9000/20 WITH Ref. 9000/230
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/8 AND Ref. 788/8 WITH Ref. 788/58
The Ref. 788/58 relay box can replace the obsolete 9332/8 and 788/8 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
Note : Terminals C1, C2, ~12 of relay Ref. 788/58 must be connected together by jumpers and connected to ~12.
REPLACING 12VAC TRANSFORMER Ref. 9000/20 WITH Ref. 9000/230
The 9000/230 transformer can replace the obsolete 9000/20 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
(∗) Not available in Italy.
Ref. 9332/8 Ref. 788/8
2
-
AP
1I
2I
-I
API
1II
2II
-II
APII
1III
2III
-III
1
APIII
1IV
-IV
2IV
APIV
SN1
SN2
SN4
SN3
A
B ♦
2
-
AP
1I
2I
-I
2II
1II
API
-II
1III
APII
2III
-III
1
APIII
1IV
-IIV
2IV
APIV
SN1
SN2
SN4
SN3
~0
~12
C1
C2
Ref. 788/58
2
-
AP
1I
2I
-I
2II
1II
API
-II
1III
APII
2III
-III
1
APIII
1IV
-IIV
2IV
APIV
SN1
SN2
SN4
SN3
~0
~12
C1
C2
Ref. 9000/20 Ref. 9000/230
~110
~220
~240
~0
~12
~0
Not available
~230
Not available
~0
~12
0
Ref. 9000/110 (∗)
~110
Not available
Not available
~0
~12
0
OUTPUTS
POWER
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 19DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9332/5 AND Ref. 788/5 WITH Ref. 788/52
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 9330 (II SERIES) AND Ref. 788/30 WITH Ref. 788/52
REPLACING RELAY BOX Ref. 788/4 WITH Ref. 788/54
The Ref. 788/54 relay box can replace the obsolete 788/4 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
GND GND
IN H IN H
~B ~B
~A ~A
+TC +TC
R2 R2
R1 R1
9 9
6 6
R2 R2
R1 R1
V5 V5
V3 V3
2 2
1 1
+6 +6
-6 -6
+TC +TC
R1 R1
V5 V5
V3 V3
2 2
1 1
SE SE
~0 ~0
~12 ~12
C1 C1
SN1 SN1
C2 C2
SN2 SN2
C3 C3
SN3 SN3
C4 C4
SN4 SN4
~12 ~12
~0 ~0
+6 +6
-6 -6
AP AP
SE SE
Ref. 788/4 Ref. 788/54
POWER
COLUMN
INPUT(A, B, C, D)
POWER
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
20 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS
REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS
RANGER VIDEO DOOR PHONES
WINFLAT+ BRACKET Ref. 1202/590 FOR ADAPTING COAX VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMSRanger video door phones Ref. 1201/1 (and respective brackets Ref. 1201/90) can be replaced in traditional call video door phone systems with Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 and specifi c bracket Ref. 1202/590.The terminals on Ref. 1202/590 brackets have the same numbers as the Ref. 1201/90 brackets to replace simply by connecting the wires in the same way.Note that the replacement is only possible in systems fi tting Ranger basic model Ref. 1201/1 with bracket Ref. 1201/90. It is not possible in systems with switchboard, special systems and intercom systems because bracket Ref. 1202/590 is not suitable for replacing special brackets Ref. 1201/91, Ref. 1201/761, Ref. 1201/711, Ref. 1201/731 and Ref. 1201/751.
WINFLAT+ BRACKET Ref. 1202/591 FOR ADAPTING VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS WITHOUT COAXIAL CABLERanger video door phones Ref. 955/5 with brackets Ref. 955/74 can be replaced in 5-wire systems with Atlantico video door phones Ref. 1702/1 using adapter bracket Ref. 1202/591.Replacement is only possible in basic systems.
EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL AND VIDOFONO VIDEO DOOR PHONES
SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONE WITH BRACKET Ref. 1704/20A FOR ADAPTING EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL AND VIDOFONO SYSTEMSEXPLORER, VEDETTE and SENTINEL video door phones can be replaced with SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A video door phones in traditional call video door phone systems.SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A is a video door phone with a 4.5” kinescope screen arranged on the longest side in the horizontal direction.The SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A bracket terminals have the same numbers as the EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL and VIDOFONO terminal boards to simply connect the wires in the same way.This video door phone can be fi tted only in traditional basic systems (with 12Vac call). It is not suitable for use in switchboard or intercom systems because the bracket is not suitable to replace all versions.SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A is complete with bracket and white. The monitor is a refl ex version; brightness and contrast can be adjusted by means of the controls. The call signal is sent to the buzzer fi tted on the bracket. The door lock can be released by pressing the “ ” button. The two service buttons “ ” and “ ” can be used to operate accessory circuits.SENTRY+ Ref. 1704/20A video door phones are used to view the picture from a camera arranged to frame a fi eld with the longest side arranged vertically. This arrangement causes a 25 to 30% reduction of the framed fi eld with respect to EXPLORER, VEDETTE, SENTINEL and VIDOFONO video door phones.
Sentry+ video door phone is provided with an additional speaker to considerably increase volume of the call.Connecting the wires to the system is fast via terminal boards on the bracket to which the video door phone is then fi tted.
(C3)(C2)(C5)(C9)(C1)(C4)(C7)
(C10)(C6)(C8)
[1][2][6]
[10][7][9]
[X1][X2][Y1][Y2]
−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−
Sentry+
Sentry+
Ref.1704/20
Vedette,VidofonoSentinel,Explorer
Explorer Sentinel Scout
Vedette Vidofono
RISING COLUMN
TO THE FOLLOWING VIDEO DOOR PHONES
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 21DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INSTALLATIONArrange the duct so that it ends in correspondence with the input hole on the bracket and proceed as follows:1) Fasten the bracket to the wall at the height from the fl oor shown by
means of the four screws.2) Connect the wires to the specifi c terminals.3) Extract the retainer hook A by inserting the tip of a screwdriver and
pulling the hook downwards.4) Check that switch on back of video door phone is in the A
position.
5) Fasten the monitor to the bracket.6) Fasten the monitor by pushing the retainer hook A upwards.
The device is provided with the following controls:• One door opening button ( ).• Two service buttons ( and ) which can be used, for example, to switch on the staircase lights, open an additional lock or to implement
automatic switch-on function.• Two potentiometers for adjusting picture brightness ( ) and contrast ( ).• One switch for three-position call tone volume adjustment ( ) (minimum, medium and maximum volume).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSPower voltage: 16 ÷ 18.5VdcIntake: Working: max. 0.65A Stand-by: 0APower: Working: max. 12WCCIR version: Vertical frequency 50Hz ± 2Hz Horizontal frequency: 15625 ± 400HzEIA version: Vertical frequency 60Hz ± 2Hz Horizontal frequency: 15734 ± 400HzVideo signal: 1Vpp 75Ω nominal 1Vpp. -6 dB minimumKinescope: 4.5” 90° neck 20mmSwitch-on delay: 7” maxX-rays: noneOperating temperature range: -5°÷ + 50°CHumidity: max. 90% RH
TERMINAL BOARD
1 Speaker signal CA Call signal 2 Microphone signal 6 Power ground 10 9 Door opener control X1 Service button terminals X2 Y1 Service button terminals Y2 R3 Silent video on R1 Video power negative R2 Video power positive RT Secondary monitor power positive V4 Composite video signal for second monitor in-out connection (connect a 75Ω resistor between V4 and V5 if not present) V5 Video signal earth V3 Composite video signal
Service button
Service buttonDoor opener button
Brightness adjustmentContrast adjustment
Call volume
99 mm
230
mm
200 mm
A
B
A
Bracket
1,55
m
REPLACEMENT OPTIONS FOR RANGER, EXPLORER, VEDETTE AND SENTINEL IN TRADITIONAL CALL SYSTEM VIDEO DOOR PHONES SYSTEMS
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
22 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACEMENT OF SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH ARTICO Using the bracket without circuit for the Artico video door phone Réf. 1705/100 it is possible to replace the Sentry video door phones in any type of system. Proceed as follows:1. Remove the Sentry video door phone from the bracket.2. Disconnect all conductors from the Sentry bracket terminals.3. Loosen the 4 fastening screws from the wall bracket4. Remove the printed circuit from the Sentry bracket by loosening
the 2 fastening screws (A).
5. Fit the printed circuit on the Artico bracket Ref. 1705/100 using the 2 screws provided (screws B)
6. Fasten the Artico bracket to the wall using the 4 screws fastening the Sentry bracket
7. Reconnect the wires to the specifi c terminals.8. Insert the Artico video door phone on the bracket fastening it with
the hook A.
SENTRY+ BRACKET REPLACEMENT Procure a plastic support Ref.1704/102 and the Artico bracket corresponding to the system in use in the installation to replace a faulty Sentry+ video door phone bracket:• Coax Ref. 1705/90• 5 wires Ref. 1705/955
Then proceed as follows:• Remove the printed circuit from the Artico bracket.
• Fasten the printed circuit on the plastic support Ref. 1704/102.
• Remove the Sentry video door phone from the bracket.• Disconnect all conductors from the Sentry bracket terminals.• Loosen the 4 fastening screws from the wall bracket.• Fasten the plastic support on the printed circuit to the wall.• Reconnect the wires to the specifi c terminals.• Fit the video door phone on the bracket.
Sentry bracket
A
B
Bracket Ref. 1705/100
A
Ref. 1705/1
BracketRef. 1705/100
REPLACEMENT OF SENTRY VIDEO DOOR PHONES WITH ARTICO
SENTRY+ BRACKET REPLACEMENT
Artico bracket
Plastic supportRef. 1704/102
INS
TR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
R U
RM
ET
DO
MU
S D
EV
ICE
INT
ER
CH
AN
GE
AB
ILIT
YB
AS
IC S
YS
TE
M D
IAG
RA
MS
sec.1f−−−− 23DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/1 WITH Ref. 786/11
The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the obsolete 786/1 model.
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/14 WITH Ref. 786/11
The Ref. 786/11 power unit can replace the obsolete 786/14 model.The terminals correspond as follows:
(∗) Not available in Italy.(#) If a 18Vac output is needed, use a transformer with minimum output current of 0.5 Aac and connect as shown in the attached diagram:
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/1 WITH Ref. 786/11
REPLACING DOOR PHONE POWER UNIT Ref. 786/14 WITH Ref. 786/11
0
~230
+6
-6
-J
~0
~12
PS
0
~230
+6
-6
-J
~0
~12
PS
Ref. 786/1 Ref. 786/11
POWER
OUTPUTS
0
~230
+6
-6
-J
~0
~18
PS
0
~230
+6
-6
-J
~0
~12~12
(#)
PS
Ref. 786/1 Ref. 786/11
~110 Not available
0
Not available
+6
-6
-J
~0
~12
(#)
PS
Ref. 786/12 (*)
~110
POWER
OUTPUTS
MAINS~
MAINS~
18Vca
-J-6+6
~0~12
~
~
BA
SIC
SY
ST
EM
DIA
GR
AM
SIN
ST
RU
CT
ION
S F
OR
UR
ME
T D
OM
US
DE
VIC
E IN
TE
RC
HA
NG
EA
BIL
ITY
24 −−−− sec.1f DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
REPLACING SCAITEL VIDE DOOR PHONE
BLACK/WHITE Video door phone
Mod.Scaitel (B)
Ref.1732/1
Mod.Artico (A)
Ref.1705/1
Mod.Atlantico (A)
Ref.1702/1
Bracket Ref.1732/91Ref.1705/90Ref.1202/90
Ref.1132/1Ref.1132/55
COLOUR Video door phone Ref.1732/41--Ref.1702/40
Bracket Ref.1732/91--Ref.1202/90
Ref.1132/1Ref.1132/55
SCAITELVIDEO DOOR PHONE
DOOR PHONEVIDEO MODULE
REPLACING SCAITEL VIDE DOOR PHONE
sec.2 −−−− 1
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
SE
AS
IVO
ICE
SY
ST
EM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICESYSTEM
SECTION 2(REV.A)
Download from:www.urmetdomus.comTechnical Manuals area
2 −−−− sec.2
SECTION 2 CONTENTS
DOOR PHONE AND VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEM - DIAGRAM
DO
OR
PH
ON
E A
ND
VID
EO
DO
OR
PH
ON
E S
YS
TE
M -
DIA
GR
AM
- S
ectio
n 2
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
EASIVOICE
Diagram Sec. Pag.EASIVOICE SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
SYSTEM FEATURES.............................................................................................................................................................................2 ................3EQUIPMENT ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................3INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES...............................................................................................................................................2 ................3 Installation ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................3PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT......................................................................................................2 ................8POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/2 .................................................................................................................................................................2 ................4 Features .............................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 Technical data ....................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5FUNCTIONS...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 Single call ...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 Redial reservation...............................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 Clearing the line..................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................5 Conference call...................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 Follow-me ...........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 General calls (only from authorized intercom door phone).................................................................................................................2 ................6 Answering a call from the outdoor station...........................................................................................................................................2 ................6PROGRAMMING....................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 Wires laying ........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................6 Wire section........................................................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 Connection to the general call unit .....................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 Connection to the call station .............................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 Installations with one call key .............................................................................................................................................................2 ................7 Installations with two or more call keys...............................................................................................................................................2 ................7
BASIC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESPossibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers......................................................................... SC101-0313E ................2 ................8
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 97 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESPossibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers......................................................................... SC101-0315E ................2 ............. 10
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor stationAll the intercom house phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station ..............................................SC101-0316G ................2 ............. 12
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys:with one of them it calls in parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II ..........SC101-0361G ................2 ............. 14
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately from theoutdoor station.Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers ................................................................................ SC101-0382F ................2 ............. 16
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
ME
LE
CT
RO
NIC
INT
ER
CO
M S
YS
TE
M
sec.2 −−−− 3
EASIVOICE
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Mo
d. 9
26
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
Electronic intercom Mod. 926 can be installed in any building for a simple and effi cient phonic communication system capable of supporting several communications simultaneously.
Up to 97 intercom door phone can be interconnected. There is no centralized device to manage the system since each intercom contains the necessary electronics for handling a dialogue with the rest of the installation.
There can be up to four independent communications simultaneously.
A general call can be made through an independent fi fth phonic channel.
Programming is very easy and does not require having to open the intercom door phone.There are two versions of the intercom door phone which can be easily distinguished one from the other by the presence or absence of the door-opener key:• Intercom model Ref. 926/1• Intercom model that can be connected to a loudspeaking unit Ref. 926/2
There are two versions:• Connection to 97 intercoms max. only with intercom service.• Connection to 25 intercoms max. with intercom service and with
possibility of answer to outdoor station.
SYSTEM FEATURES
The following is a summary of system features:• Connection of a maximum of 97 intercom door phones.• Very easy programming of the door phone codes that can be made
directly from outside (of the same door phone).• 4 simultaneous and independent conversations.• Possibility of conference among 4 door phones max.• Possibility of busy line insertion.• Clearing the line (only from an activated door phone).• Possibility to oblige the user to answer.• Possibility to route the call to another door phone (follow-me). This function - if necessary - can be modifi ed for realizing
automatically the “secretary function”.• “Secretary” function, that is the possibility to transfer the incoming
calls from an intercom “x” to a “y” one. Anyway “y” can call “x” and the last one can make outgoing calls.
• Paging function carried out by means of a 5th independent and dedicated line, connected to a loudspeaker by means of an amplifi er (only from activated intercom/s).
• Possibility of connection to an amplifi er able to manage sound and message diffusion with “disk-jockey” function (automatic lowering of the sound diffusion volume during the sounding message).
• Possibility to receive door phone calls from a call station appropriately connected (only for Mod. 926/2).
In case the intercom is already engaged in conversation with another indoor set, the possible call from the outdoor station is signaled both visually and acoustically.
• Automatic lowering of the sound intensity of the beep on the loudspeaker when the handset is unhooked and the hook is pressed with a fi nger.
The system utilizes a single phonic ground conductor, therefore it cannot guarantee absolute secrecy of conversation, i.e. during the course of a conversation, it may be possible to hear another conversation in course on another line (crosstalk effect) at a distance. It will be necessary to adopt appropriate measures to minimize this problem.
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
SYSTEM FEATURES - EQUIPMENT - INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES
EQUIPMENT
The device forming part of the system are as follows:• Intercom door phone Ref. 926/1• Intercom door phone and with connection to loudspeaking unit Ref. 926/2• Table kit Ref. 926/4• Power supply for electronic Intercom Ref. 926/3
INTERCOM DOOR PHONE FEATURES
The intercom door phone can either be installed on a wall or on a table. Adaptation kit Ref. 926/4, consisting of an inclined stand to facilitate the use of the intercom itself, is available for table installations.
INSTALLATION
WALL SET
The intercom should be mounted about 1,5m from the fl oor.
To remove the intercom casing from the base, lift up with a screwdriver in the area indicated.Lift off the casing.
Use the screw anchors and screws furnished with the intercom to fasten the base to the wall.
EASIVOICE
about 1,5m
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
ME
LE
CT
RO
NIC
INT
ER
CO
M S
YS
TE
M
4 −−−− sec.2
EASIVOICE
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Mo
d. 9
26
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT - POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/3
TABLE SET
For table mounting it is necessary to buy the table kit that includes stand, cord with socket and accessories Ref. 926/4.
Proceed as follows:• Remove the intercom casing by means of a screwdriver in the area
indicated, rotating the cover on the two upper hooks.• Release the two side latches E by pressing them from the inside of
zone F.• Fix the plate under the base by means of the proper screws.• Insert under the base, in the proper holes, the two self adhesive
rubbers (included in the socket kit).• Insert the cord with socket and fi x it to the hook. Then connect the
system wires to the correspondent terminals of the terminal board.
The connection cable wires to the door phone socket wire are very specifi c for table installations. They must be connected to the intercom terminals as follows:MI Black D Yellow+12 Red MF GrayL1 Green L2 BlueL3 Pink L4 BrownL5 White
Connection for the loudspeaking unit (Ref. 926/2 only):CA Yellow-Gray 2 Pink-Black1 Yellow-Black -/~ Black-GrayAP Yellow-Pink
PUSH BUTTON PANEL AND AMPLIFIED LOUDSPEAKING UNIT
The devices normally used in 4+n wire door phone systems can be employed.
POWER SUPPLY Ref. 926/3
This power supply has been designed according to the IEC 12/13 5th Ed. Dec. 1988 International Security Regulations - and is built following the present market requirements, the tendency of which is to centralize the electric equipment in proper cabinets.
Yellow - GrayPink - BlackYellow - BlackBlack - GrayYellow - Pink
BlackYellow
RedGray
GreenBluePink
BrownWhite
162 mm
118 mm
90 mm
75 m
m
45 mm
Sch. 926/3
EASIVOICE
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
ME
LE
CT
RO
NIC
INT
ER
CO
M S
YS
TE
M
sec.2 −−−− 5
EASIVOICE
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Mo
d. 9
26
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
FUNCTIONS
FEATURES
The power supply 926/3 is set for a medium system of 25 intercoms (926/1). In case of systems with more intercoms, connect more power supplies in parallel, up to 4 max. In this case follow carefully the system schemes.
TECHNICAL DATA
• Electrical characteristics Transformer power: 38 VA Powering: 110/230 ~ Secondary voltages:
11.5V 0.6 A 24V 40 mA max. 24V 10 mA max.• Powering 11.5 V section: It supplies powering to the intercoms and max. current of 600 mA;• Phonic line powering section: It includes 5 identic circuits. Each circuit supplies a constant current
of about 30 mA with max. voltage of 24 V;• Data output: It supplies a voltage of 24 V with a resistance series 2.2 K Ω per data
wire.• Amplifi er output: On this output the signal coming from the 5th phonic line is injected
and it is uncoupled by means of condenser. The output circuit includes two schottky diodes with a 150 Ω resistance in parallel.
• Operating temperature: 0° C ÷ 40°C• Dimensions: Length: 162 mm Thickness: 75 mm Width (with side protections): 108 mm Width (without side protections): 90 mm Weight: 0.950 Kg Connections: by means of terminals with clamping screw
FUNCTIONS
All functions can be activated through the 12-key alphanumeric keypad located on the base of the intercom:
The key located on the upper right of Mod. 926/2 is used for opening the door. Other functions (clearing a line, general call) can only be performed from authorized (enabled) intercoms. The activation of these functions can only be done during the programming phase. Please consult the chapter on programming for further information.
SINGLE CALL
CallerTo talk to another intercom station:• Lift the handset.• Dial the TWO DIGIT number of the other-party.• Listen for the tone and observe the led: • Ringing tone: wait for the called party to answer. • Busy tone and led off: the number called is engaged → try again
later or activate the automatic redial function or the clear the line function (if authorized).
• Busy tone and led on: the 4 telephone lines are engaged → try again later.
Called PartyWhen the phone rings, lift up the handset and begin the conversation.At the end of the conversation, if the called party hangs up the handset
1 2 3
6
7 8 9
R 0 F
4 5
NOTE:R = RedialF = Follow-me
the intercom is disconnected from the line and it will communicate, on the data line, the end of the conversation to the caller who, in his turn, will disconnect his intercom physically and logically from the line. The handset will be mute until the hanging up.On the contrary, If the caller hangs up the handset, he will free the line, physically and logically, and he will communicate to the called party the end of conversation. This last one, in his turn, will disconnect the intercom physically.
A conversation cannot last longer than 10 minutes in order to allow other users access to the phone lines. Once this time has lapsed, an acoustic “end-of-conversation warning” signal will be sent to both intercom door phones. The communication will be disconnected 10 seconds after the warning signal.
REDIAL RESERVATION
CallerIf the number called is engaged, an automatic redial reservation can be activated by pressing the “R” key before hanging up. Then listen for the tone:• No tone: automatic redial reservation was accepted → hang up.• Persistent busy tone: automatic redial reservation was not accepted
because the number called already has an automatic redial reserved onto its line from another intercom → hang up and try again later. When the intercom door phone that was reserved to becomes free, the caller who initiated the reservation will automatically receive a call-back.
Attention: there will be situations in which the call-back will not take place. These situations will be described in the “Called Party” section below.
Called PartyDuring the course of a normal conversation, any reservations to the line will be indicated by a blinking led on the intercom. The user who is the subject of a reservation has two courses of action:• He can decide “a priori” to eliminate the reservation by pressing the
“R” key either during the course of the conversation or immediately after hanging up (within 5 seconds).
• He can decide to talk to whoever had reserved by hanging up and waiting for the system to automatically set up the communication and then for his intercom to ring.
If all of the phonic lines are not engaged, this will take place within 5 seconds after hanging up. If, however, all the lines are engaged, the system will attempt to establish the communication every 15 seconds, up to maximum of 10 trials. The reservation will be canceled if the tenth attempt was also unsuccessful.
CLEARING THE LINE
Caller (only from authorized intercom door phones)Lift the handset and dial the number of the called party. If this party is on the line (busy tone is heard and led is off), the line can be “cleared” i.e. the conversation in course can be disconnected. To do so, simply dial the special “00” number. Conversation will be established with the cleared intercom door phone within 20 seconds.
Called PartyA clearing request during the course of a normal conversation will be identifi ed both acoustically and visually (blinking led).At this point, the called party will have 20 seconds in which to terminate the conversation in course.There are two possible courses of action: • Hang up within 20 seconds. The intercom will ring and when the
handset is lifted, communication will be established with the caller who had initiated the “clearing”.
• If the called party does not hang up within 20 seconds, he will be disconnected from his current conversation and connected with the caller who had requested the “clearing”.
The line clearing function WILL HAVE NO EFFECT on another intercom which is also authorized to clear lines or if the intercom is in communication with the outdoor station.
EASIVOICE
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
ME
LE
CT
RO
NIC
INT
ER
CO
M S
YS
TE
M
6 −−−− sec.2
EASIVOICE
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Mo
d. 9
26
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
PROGRAMMING - INSTALLATION
CONFERENCE CALL
The conference function can connect up to four different users in one phonic communication. Only the intercom which made the fi rst call can call other intercom in the course of a conversation. In order to include another intercom in the conversation, simply dial the extension number. One of the following situations will occur:• The intercom door phone called is free: when the handset is lifted,
the called party will be included in the conversation in course.• The intercom door phone is free: if the handset is not lifted within 30
seconds, the call will not go through.• The intercom door phone called is engaged: there will be a busy
tone of a short duration.
FOLLOW-ME
This function allows incoming calls to be routed to another intercom. Up to a maximum of eight other intercoms can be routed to one intercom. Several consecutive reroutings of calls from one intercom can be made to several different intercoms.
How to forward calls from one intercom door phone to another• Go to the other intercom door phone.• Lift the handset of the other intercom.• Press the dedicated “F” key and dial the number of your intercom
door phone.• Listen for the tone on the handset; one of the following two situations
will take place: • Dial tone: the operation was successful → hang up. • Busy tone: calls cannot be routed because calls to 8 other
intercoms have already been forwarded to that intercom → hang up.
How to reset your intercom door phone• Return to your intercom.• Lift the handset.• Press the dedicated “F” key and dial your own number. • Hang up.
Secretary functionThis function permits the user to route his own incoming calls to another intercom (i.e. the secretary one). All his own incoming calls are routed to the secretary intercom EXCEPT the call that arrives from the same secretary. In this way the secretary can, if needed, “announce” the calls; anyway it cannot “transfer” the call. The routed set can always make outgoing calls (and then it can call again the person “announced” by the secretary). This function can be carried out by modifying the “follow me” as regard to the last paragraph (the crossed one).
GENERAL CALLS (only from authorized intercom door phone)
A general call can be made through a loudspeaker connected to a suitable amplifi er.The general call can take place at the same time as four other conversations, without interfering with them. General call can only be made from intercoms which were explicitly defi ned for making such calls during the programming phase.To make a general call: • Lift the handset.• Dial the special “99” number.• Wait for the “ding-dong” to be generated.• Make the announcement.• Redial the special “99” number.• Hang up.
ANSWERING A CALL FROM THE OUTDOOR STATION
This feature is only available on Ref. 926/2 intercom door phone.A call from the outdoor station produces a different acoustic signal from the normal one and can be easily recognized. Lift the handset to establish communication; the open-door key can be used to operate the electric lock at any point.
When a user, engaged in conversation with the outdoor station, receives a call from the inside, he visualize the call on the led without the possibility to be interrupted (not even with the clearing the line function).Vice versa, when a user, engaged in conversation with another internal user, receives a call from an outdoor station, he will see the blinking led up to the call key is pressed and he will hear an acoustic signal that indicates the call with more emphasis.
PROGRAMMING
All the intercom door phones are produced and tested by URMET DOMUS. They are all programmed with the following values during the testing phase:• Number: 98• General call function disabled: 0• Line clearing disabled: 0
The devices must all be programmed with two digits, e.g. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or with any other number from 01 to 97.
These values can be changed at any time through the keypad by following the procedure described below:• Simultaneously press the “R” and the “F” keys for two seconds. If
one or two “beeps” are heard while the keys are pressed, it means that the two keys were not pressed simultaneously → repeat the operation.
• When the led is lit and a brief acoustic tone is heard, release the two keys.
• Enter the number to be assigned to the intercom.• The led will go off for a short interval and then go on again,
coinciding with a brief acoustic tone.• Set authorization (1) or disable (0) for the general call function.• The led will go off for a short interval and then go on again,
coinciding with a brief acoustic tone.• Set authorization (1) or disable (0) for the line clearing function.• The led goes off defi nitively, coinciding with a brief acoustic tone.
If the procedure described above is not completed within 30 seconds, the intercom will return to normal operating conditions, without storing the setting that were entered.
INSTALLATION
WIRES LAYING
All system intercom door phones must be interconnected in parallel using 9 wires (or 8 if the general call installation is not provided for). These wires have the following functions:• 1 for the power supply voltage + 12• 1 for the logical ground ML• 1 for the data line D• 4 for the 4 phonic lines L1, L2, L3, L4• 1 for the general call phonic line (this wire can be omitted on installations where this feature is not required) L5• 1 for the phonic ground MF
In addition, installations connected to a Call Station must be considered 4+N additional wires, which increase the number of wires to the installation to 13+N (where N depends on the number of call keys used – usually 1 or 2).These 4+N wires are used as follows: • 3 for the talk volume (F1, F2 and ground).• 1 for the door-opener.• N for the call.If the GENERAL call amplifi er is not used do not connect the wire L5.
The maximum distance between the power supply and the furthest intercom must be less than 200 meters.The maximum distance between two intercom door phones to ensure a relatively low cross-talk effect is 200 meters. The cross-talk effect increases progressively with an increase in distance.It is therefore advisable to avoid unnecessary connections distances.
EASIVOICE
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
ME
LE
CT
RO
NIC
INT
ER
CO
M S
YS
TE
M
sec.2 −−−− 7
EASIVOICE
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Mo
d. 9
26
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SYSTEM Mod. 926
INSTALLATION
WIRE SECTION
The section of the wires to be used depends on the distance between the two intercoms furthest from the installation.Note carefully the following table:
Should it be necessary to have larger installations, it would be possible to resort to a solution in which more branches lead off from one point, as illustrated in the fi gure below. In this case, the cross-talk effect would remain unchanged within each individual branch ( the maximum distance between any two intercoms must therefore be less than 200 meters). However, intercoms on different branches would not have any effect on each other. This type of solution can also be used on normal installations, i.e. for short distances, to further reduce the cross-talk effect.
CONNECTION TO THE GENERAL CALL UNIT
A suitable amplifi er must be connected between the “A+” and the “A-” terminals of the power supply in order to equip the installation with a general call system. The amplifi er must have a 0,775 mV (or dBm) input with an input impedance greater than 50 Ohm and with its output power selected in function of the number and power of the loudspeakers to be used.It is recommended that the amplifi er be placed as close to the power supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable.
CONNECTION TO THE CALL STATION
Installation can be made with up to two Call Stations with automatic switching (through a 788/1 relay box). Each Call Station must consists of a Loudspeaking Unit and a certain number of call keys. Power to the Call Station must be supplied separately by a dedicated power supply (e.g. Ref. 786/1A). Connections to the loudspeaking unit must be made through terminal 1A. The electric lock must be activated through a Ref. 788/21 repeater relay. The door-opener is always a “free door-opener”, i.e. the door can be opened at any time by pressing the door opener-key.
INSTALLATIONS WITH ONE CALL KEY
A basic installation is one in which several intercoms (type 926/2) are connected to a Call Station and can all answer a single call key. In this case, when there is a call, all 926/2 intercoms will ring at the same time. The fi rst intercom to answer will automatically exclude the other intercom, thus ensuring conversation privacy. The maximum number
of 926/2 intercoms which can be connected in parallel depends, in this case, on the total number of intercoms (926/1 + 926/2) in the installation.The following table summarizes the situation for standard installations with just one power supply.
Number of 926/2 Total numbers which can be connected of intercoms to a Call Station (926/1 + 926/2) on one call button
1 1 2 2 . . . . . . 15 15 16 16
17 15 18 14 19 14 20 13 21 12 22 12 23 11 24 10 25 10
Note that when the total number of intercom door phones in the installation is less than 16, they can all be type 926/2 and can be connected to the Call Station on the one call key. As the total number of intercoms in the installation is increased, the number of 926/2 which can be connected to a Call Station decreases progressively to 10.
INSTALLATIONS WITH TWO OR MORE CALL KEYS
This type of installation is used in small buildings (2/4/8/ apartments) where intercommunications and the “Follow-me” feature would be of interest. In this case, the cable conduit would be 8 (or 9) + 4 + N wires, which would limit possible applications to small user bases.Type 926/2 intercoms must be used. They must be grouped in several groups (usually 1, 2 or 3 units each), each of which is assigned to a call key. When there is a call, all intercoms within the same group will ring simultaneously. The fi rst intercom to answer will automatically exclude the other intercom door phone in that group, thus ensuring secrecy of conversation. The table in the previous section remains valid, even though the number of 926/2 intercoms that are connected to each call key is generally 1 or at maximum, 2 or 3, in this type of installation.
Max distance (meters) 50 100 200
Section (mm2) 0,50 0,80 1
R (Ohm/Km) 35 21,8 17,5
EASIVOICE
8 −−−− sec.2
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
M
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESPossibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
925
249
9
92
901
02
FEATURES
This system allows an intercom service up to 25 intercom door phones maximum and with possibility of 4 simultaneous and independent conversations.It is possible to make a general call by means of a 5th independent phonic channel.All the intercom door phones must be programmed with two digits, i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number between 01 and 97.
Connect the GENERAL CALL installation only if necessary. It is recommended that the amplifi er be placed as close to the power supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable. The power supply Ref. 926/3 is sized for an average installation of 25 intercoms. A larger number of intercoms will require additional power supplies connected in parallel, each of which will supply power to its own group of 25.It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
EQUIPMENT
For said installation (Scheme SC101-0313E) the following:
N. 25 Intercom door phones Ref. 926/1N. 1 Power supply Ref. 926/3
N. 1 Amplifi er Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUSN. X Loudspeakers Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
WIRES
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0313E.9 wires common to all the intercom door phones coming from the power supply are necessary.In case the amplifi er is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires are reduced to 8.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)CY.001CY.002CY.003CY.004VX.008
sec.2 −−−− 9
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
SE
AS
IVO
ICE
SY
ST
EM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
COLLEGAMENTO INTERCOMUNICANTE DI UN MASSIMO DI INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 25 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
(CY.002)
(VX.008)
(CY.004)
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926
POWER SUPPLY
LINE˜
shielded cable
AMPLIFIER
LOUDSPEAKER
SC101-0313E
10 −−−− sec.2
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
M
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
COLLEGAMENTO INTERCOMUNICANTE DI UN MASSIMO DI INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 97 INTERCOM DOOR PHONES
Possibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
7
2
22
977
2
50
7
7
2
25
26
7
7
2
75
76
7
2
2
2 2
7 22 22
517
2
201
FEATURES
This system allows an intercom service up to 97 intercom door phones maximum and with possibility of 4 simultaneous and independent conversations.It is possible to make a general call by means of a 5th independent phonic channel.The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits, i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number between 01 and 97.
Connect the GENERAL CALL installation only if necessary. It is recommended that the amplifi er be placed as close to the power supply as possible and be connected to it with a shielded cable. The power supply Ref. 926/3 is sized for an average installation of 25 intercoms. A larger number of intercoms will require additional power supplies connected in parallel, each of which will supply power to its own group of 25.It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
EQUIPMENT
For said installation (Scheme SC101-0315E) the following:
N. 97 Intercom door phones Ref. 926/1N. 4 Power supplies Ref. 926/3
N. 1 Amplifi er Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUSN. X Loudspeakers Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
WIRES
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0315E.7 wires common to all the intercom door phones coming from the power supply are necessary.Each power supply feeds its group of 25 intercoms with 2 wires common to the intercoms of that group.In case the amplifi er is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires are reduced to 6.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)CY.001CY.002CY.003CY.004VX.008
sec.2 −−−− 11
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
SE
AS
IVO
ICE
SY
ST
EM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 97 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESPossibility of general call service by means of loudspeakers
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
(VX.008)
(CY.002)
(CY.004)
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926
IV GROUP OF 22 SETS
III GROUP OF 25 SETS
II GROUP OF 25 SETS
I GROUP OF 25 SETS
I GROUP
II GROUP
III GROUP
IV GROUP
POWER SUPPLY
LINE~ shielded cable
AMPLIFIER
LOUDSPEAKER
SC101-0315E
12 −−−− sec.2
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
M
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station
All the intercom door phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station
1613
13
13
02
2
13
9
01
FEATURES
This system allows an intercom service up to 16 intercom door phones maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station. The outdoor station has only one call key. When it is pressed all the intercom door phones 926/2 ring simultaneously: the fi rst intercom that answers automatically excludes all the other ones, guaranteeing the secrecy of conversation.
The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits, i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number between 01 and 97.
Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
EQUIPMENT
For said installation (Scheme SC 101-0316G) the following:
N. 16 Intercom door phones Ref. 926/2N. 1 Power supply Ref. 926/3
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11 28VA Ref. 786/1 28VA Ref. 786/14 38VA Ref. 786/38N. 1 Relay Ref. 788/21
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Mod. SinthesiN. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/21N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1145/500
Mod. K-SteelN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/21
Mod. 725N. 1 Panels with 1 button Ref. 725/101N. 1 Door unit Ref. 5150/500
Domus Aura model N. 1 Panels with 1 button Ref. 1110/1N. 1 Door unit Ref. 5150/500
NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and Video door phone Product Technical Manual”.
WIRES
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0316G.13 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 8 of which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 5 from the push button panel, power supply and relay.
The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)CY.001CY.002CY.003VX.008
sec.2 −−−− 13
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
SE
AS
IVO
ICE
SY
ST
EM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station
All the intercom door phones are called in parallel from the outdoor station
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D MF
L5L4L3L2L1ML
+12 D MF
+A
CA 1 AP
-/~
-A
2
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D MF
CA 1 AP
-/~2
(CY.002)
(CY.003)
LU1G/T
~12
~0
~12
G/T ~0
21A
+ -1
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926 Ref.926/2
POWER SUPPLY
MAINS~
MAINS~
RELAY
ELECTRIC
LOCK
lock
release
POWER SUPPLY
FOR HOUSE
PHONE SYSTEM
Name tag
lighting
SC101-0316G
14 −−−− sec.2
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
M
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two
groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: with one of them it calls in parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II
1613
0813
13
13
0213
13
10
2
09
14
01
10
FEATURES
This system allows an intercom service up to 16 intercom door phones maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station.The outdoor station has only two call keys: with one of them it calls in parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II. The fi rst intercom that answers automatically exclude all the other ones, guaranteeing the secrecy of conversation.
The intercom door phones must be programmed with two digits, i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number between 01 and 97.
Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
EQUIPMENT
For said installation (Scheme SC 101-0361G) the following:
N. 16 Intercom door phones Ref. 926/2N. 1 Power supply Ref. 926/3
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11 28VA Ref. 786/1 28VA Ref. 786/14 38VA Ref. 786/38
N. 1 Call repeater relay Ref. 788/21
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Mod. SinthesiN. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/22N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1145/500
Mod. K-SteelN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/22A
Mod. 725N. 1 Panels with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102N. 1 Door unit Ref. 5150/500
Domus Aura model N. 1 Panels with 2 buttons Ref. 1110/2N. 1 Door unit Ref. 5150/500
NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and Video door phone Product Technical Manual”.
WIRES
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0361G.12 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 8 of which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 4 from the push button panel, power supply and relay.Moreover from the push button panel two other wires, for calls, start; each of them is connected in parallel to the 8 intercoms of the correspondent group.
The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)CY.001CY.002CY.003VX.008
sec.2 −−−− 15
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
SE
AS
IVO
ICE
SY
ST
EM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station The intercoms are divided in two
groups of 8. The outdoor station is equipped with two keys: with one of them it calls in parallel the 8 intercoms of group I, with the second one those of group II
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D MF
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12 D MF
+A
CA 1 AP
-/~
(CY.002)
(CY.003)
-A
2
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D MF
CA 1 AP
-/~2
LU1
G/T
~12
~0
~12
G/T ~0
21A
+ -1U2
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926-Ref.926/2
POWER SUPPLY
MAINS~
MAINS~ CALL REPEATER RELAY
POWER SUPPLY
FOR DOOR
PHONE SYSTEM
ELECTRIC
LOCK
lock
release
Name tag
lighting
SC101-0361G
16 −−−− sec.2
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
M
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately
from theoutdoor station. Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers
1409
14
13+n-7
13+n-8
13+n-9
08
0214
1514
1414
13+n-1
13+n-2 13+n-14
14
2
16
9+n
13+n
01
2
FEATURES
This system allows an intercom service up to 16 intercom door phones maximum and with possibility to answer to the calls coming from the outdoor station. It is possible to make 4 simultaneous conversations among the several intercoms plus one with the outdoor station.The outdoor station calls the several intercoms separately.The intercom door phones must all be programmed with two digits, i.e. from 01 to 09, from 10 to 19, from 20 to 25, or any other number between 01 and 97.
The GENERAL CALL must be connected only if necessary. It is recommended to place the amplifi er as close as possible to the power supply and to connect them with a shielded cable.
Due to absorption problems, no more than 16 intercoms can be called in parallel. It is recommended that the power supply Ref. 926/3 be placed at the center of the installation to minimize the cross-talk effect.
EQUIPMENT
For said installation (Scheme SC101-0382F) the following:
N. 16 Intercom door phones Ref. 926/2N. 1 Power supply Ref. 926/3
N. 1 Power supply for door phone system 28VA Ref. 786/11 28VA Ref. 786/1 28VA Ref. 786/14 38VA Ref. 786/38
N. 1 Call repeater relay Ref. 788/21
N. 1 Amplifi er Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUSN. X Loudspeakers Possible and not supplied by URMET DOMUS
OUTDOOR STATION REFERENCES
Mod. SinthesiN. 1 Module with door unit set-up Ref. 1145/20-/21-/22N. 1 Door unit Ref. 1145/500N. X Button modules Ref. 1145/11-/12-/13-/14
Mod. K-SteelN. 1 Module with door unit Ref. 1155/20-/21-/22AN. X Button modules Ref. 1155/11-/12A-/13A-/14A
Mod. 725N. 1 Panels with 2 buttons Ref. 725/102N. 1 Door unit Ref. 5150/500
Domus Aura model N. 1 Panels with 2 buttons Ref. 1110/2N. 1 Door unit Ref. 5150/500
NOTE: for correct installation of panels refer to “Door phone and Video door phone Product Technical Manual”.
WIRES
As indicated in Scheme SC101-0382F.13 wires common to all the intercom door phones are necessary, 9 of which coming from the power supply Ref. 926/3 and 4 from the push button panel, power supply and relay.Moreover from the push button panel all single call wires start towards each intercom.In case the amplifi er is not used for the GENERAL CALL, do not connect the wire L5 among the several intercoms. The common wires are reduced to 12.
The electric lock will be released through the relay box Ref. 788/52.
DIAGRAM NOTES
(see section 1)CY.001CY.002CY.003CY.004VX.008
sec.2 −−−− 17
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
SE
AS
IVO
ICE
SY
ST
EM
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
INTERCOM CONNECTION OF MAXIMUM 16 INTERCOM DOOR PHONESWith possibility to answer to 1 outdoor station. The intercoms are called separately
from theoutdoor station. Possibility of paging service by means of loudspeakers
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D MF
CA 1 AP
-/~
(CY.003)
2
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12
D MF
CA 1 AP
-/~2
(CY.004)
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
ML
+12 D MF
(CY.002)
+A
-A
(C4.007)
(C4.008)
LU1G/T
~12
~0
~12
G/T ~0
21A
+ -1U2
G/T ~0
~12
~0
~12
U2U1
G/T
U3U4
ELECTRONIC INTERCOM SETS Mod.926-Ref.926/2
POWER SUPPLY
MAINS~
MAINS~
POWER SUPPLY FOR
DOOR PHONE SYSTEM
ELECTRIC
LOCK
lock
release
AMPLIFIER
LOUDSPEAKER
TO THE
FOLLOWING
MODULE
CALL REPEATER RELAY
SC101-0382F
18 −−−− sec.2
EA
SIV
OIC
E S
YS
TE
M
EASIVOICE
BA
SIC
DIA
GR
AM
S
DOOR PHONE - VIDEO DOOR PHONE SYSTEMS: Installation Diagrams
Today, you can observe, retrieve information, choose and add all Urmet Domus products to your system estimate with a few simply clicks of a mouse on your computer without having to browse, read and understand catalogues and manuals.This and more thanks to our “Domus Draw” program which has now become an indispensable working tool for professionals (installers, wholesalers, retrofi tters, architects, etc.).
Domus Draw implements a few, simple commands for:
• Creating and saving all system estimates either automatically and/or manually.
• Printing estimates to paper or pdf fi le.
• Creating system estimates using different user modes.
• Retrieving information about systems and applications by consulting instruction booklets and technical documents of the various products or consulting the wiring diagrams of the system to be created.
• Watching demo footage with sound for easily understanding how to use the program.
• Connecting to the Urmet Domus web site to fi nd out about new features and get real-time updates.
• Searching for cost-effective, ready-to-use kits which can be adapted to your system needs.
• Saving and printing all your customer data in a specifi c database.
• Browsing a comprehensive photograph and description database presenting all Urmet Domus products in detail.
Accessing these functions is very easy: just press the corresponding function button on the program home page:
“Domus Draw” can be downloaded free of charge from www.urmetdomus.com
Download
FREE